Manual Hummer H1 (2002)

1203 pages Not applicable

Download

Go to site of 1203

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203

Prev Next

Summary

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1

H1 HUMMER SER VICE MANU AL COMMERCIAL HUMMER ® AM GENERAL CORPORA TION 408 South Byrkit A venue P. O . B o x 7 2 8 Mishaw aka, Indiana 46546-0728 AM General Number 05745159 Copyright © 2002 All Rights Reser ved. Pr inted in U.S.A. T ABLE OF CONTENTS General Information 1 Eng ine 2 Fuel, Emissions and Exhaust 3 Cooling System 4 Tr a n sm i s s i o ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 2

________________________________________________________________________________ 1-1 ¨ 05745159 Section 1 General Inf or mation, Lubrication and Maintenance T ABLE OF CONTENTS Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12 About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 3

1-2 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance _________________ ¨ CARBON MONO XIDE WA R N I N G : C a r b o n m o n o x i d e ( e x h a u s t g a s e s ) c a n b e fatal. WA R N I N G : B r a i n d a m a g e o r d e a t h c a n r e s u l t f r o m heavy exposure to carbon monoxide. The f ollowing pre- cautions must be follo wed to ensure pe ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 4

________________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-3 ¨ 05745159 EMISSION CONTROL INF ORMATION LABEL The vehicle emission control label contains engine information such as curb idle rpm, engine displacement, catalytic converter type, fuel rate, and vacuum hose routing. This label is affixed to the air cleaner housing (Figure 1-1). ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 5

1-4 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance _________________ ¨ SAFETY CERTIFICATION LABEL The safety certification label is located on the driver side B- pillar (door latch post) (Figures 1-2, 1-3, and 1-4). The label is required by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administra- tion and includes a tamper-proof feature. If the label is ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 6

________________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-5 ¨ 05745159 EP A NOISE EMISSION CONTROL INFORMA- TION LABEL The EPA noise emission control information label is located on the passenger side B-pillar (door latch post). The label is re- quired by the EPA and includes a tamper-proof feature. If the label is tampered with, a void ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 7

1-6 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance _________________ ® 1 3 7 Y A 89 3 4 Y E 000001 Digit 1 Manufacturing Country Digit 2 Company/Make Digit 3 Vehicle Type Digit 4 Engine Type Digit 5 Transmission/Drive Digit 6 and 7 Truck Line Series Model, Body Type Digit 12 Sequential, Assigned Serial Number Digit 11 Plant Code Digit 10 Model Y ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 8

________________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-7 ¨ 05745159 COMPONENT DATA Engine: Manufacturer ................................................................................................................................................................. GM Powertrain Model .................................................. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 9

1-8 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance _________________ ¨ Thermostat: Starts to Open .......................................................................................................................................................... 190¡ F (88¡ C) Fully Open .................................................................. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 10

________________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-9 ¨ 05745159 Service Brake Caliper (Front): Manufacturer ................................................................................................................................................................... Kelsey-Hayes Piston Diameter ............................... ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 11

1-10 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance ________________ ¨ FLUID CAPACITIES Cooling System .................................................................................................................................................................. 26 qt (25 L) Engine: Crankcase (oil pan) only ................................... ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 12

_______________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-11 ¨ 05745159 Turbo Diesel Engine -- (12,100 lb. (5,489 kg) GVWR Vehicles -- Fleet Vehicles Only Curb Weight (12,100 GVWR): Two-Door Enlarged Cab (Hard Top) (XLC2) ................................................................................................. 6,720 lb (3,048 kg) ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 13

1-12 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance ________________ ¨ ABBREVIATIONS ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Antilock Brake System A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air Conditioning a.c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alternating Current AMPÊ . ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 14

_______________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-13 ¨ 05745159 BOLT IDENTIFICATION AND T ORQUE LIMITS (DR Y*) * A phosphate and oil bolt is considered dry Bolt Head ID Marks and SAE GRADE BOL T SIZE SAE GRADE NO. 1 OR 2 SAE GRADE NO. 5 SAE GRADE NO. 6 OR 7 SAE GRADE NO. 8 DIA. INCHES MILLI- METERS THREADS PER INCH POUND FEET (NEW ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 15

1-14 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance ________________ ¨ BOLT IDENTIFICATION AND T ORQUE LIMITS (W ET*) *A cadmium plated bolt is considered wet. Bolt Head ID Marks and SAE Grade BOL T SIZE SAE GRADE NO. 1 OR 2 SAE GRADE NO. 5 SAE GRADE NO. 6 OR 7 SAE GRADE NO. 8 DIA. INCHES MILLI- METERS THREADS PER INCH POUND FEET (NEWTON- METERS ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 16

_______________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-15 ¨ 05745159 U.S./METRIC CON VERSIONS AND EQUIV ALENTS Metric Conv ersions MULTIPLY BY TO GET INCHES 2.54 CENTIMETERS FEET 0.305 METERS MILES 1.609 KILOMETERS SQUARE INCHES 6.451 SQUARE CENTIMETERS CUBIC INCHES 16.39 CUBIC CENTIMETERS FLUID OUNCES 29.573 MILLILITERS PINTS 0.473 LI ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 17

1-16 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance ________________ ¨ PAINT AND T RIM COLOR S Interior trim colors are tan and gray. Seating materials are available in cloth and vinyl. Soft top colors and codes are: Tan (T) and Black (B). Exterior paint colors and codes are outlined in the following chart. REPLACEMENT K E YS Replacement keys ca ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 18

_______________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-17 ¨ 05745159 T O WING, LIFTING, JUMP STARTING V ehicle Lifting/Jac king P oints Vehicle jacking points are shown in Figure 1-11. The vehicle can be raised with a floor jack at any of the indicated positions. Jacking can be performed at the front, rear, or at any one wheel. In case ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 19

1-18 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance ________________ ¨ T o wing Recommendations Hummer vehicles can be towed with wheel lift, sling-type, or flat bed tow equipment. Flat bed and wheel lift equipment is recommended over sling type or A-frame equipment. Towing Cautions: ¥ Remove or secure loads in the towed vehicle ¥ Never use th ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 20

_______________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-19 ¨ 05745159 Con ventional T owing Procedures Front Towing 1. Loop chains around lo wer control arms and secure to tow sling (Figure 1-14). 2. Insert 4Ó x 4Ó x 48Ó length of wood between bumper and sling chains (Figure 1-14). 3. Raise front end and verify that sling is firmly p ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 21

1-20 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance ________________ ¨ Jump Starting Hummer vehicles can be jump started when necessary. Starting can be performed with a portable starting unit, separate booster batteries, or the battery in another vehicle. Certain Cautions and Warnings must be observed when jump starting a vehicle. They are: ¥ ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 22

_______________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-21 ¨ 05745159 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Recommended Maintenance Maintenance recommendations in this section were developed to maintain satisfactory vehicle operation. Items described in Maintenance Inspection Groups A, B, and C are important to proper operation, performance, and safety. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 23

1-22 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance ________________ ® Maintenance Inspection Group B: • Inspect fuel injection pump, lines, and ﬁttings for leaks or damage. • Check battery voltage and condition. • Inspect serpentine belt condition. • Inspect exhaust system and shields. • Inspect and rotate tires. • Inspect halfsha ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 24

_______________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-23 ® 05745159 ❐ Change transmission ﬁ lter . ❐ Check items in Maintenance Groups A, B, and C. ❐ Change geared hub oil. ❐ Change axle oil. ❐ Inspect brake ﬂ uid for moisture contamination. 27,000 Miles (43,400 km) 900 hrs nor mal use or 450 hrs sev ere operation ❐ Ch ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 25

1-24 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance ________________ ¨ RECOMMENDED FUEL/FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS/ CAPACITIES Recommended Fuel Recommended fuel for 6.5L diesel engines is #2 diesel. Do not use any other type fuel. Eng ine Oil Figure 1-17: Oil Viscosity Chart Diesel engine oil capacities are: ¥ 7.0 qts (6.6L) without filter change ¥ 8.0 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 26

_______________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-25 ¨ 05745159 A/C Refrigerant and Compressor Oil The only refrigerant that can be used is R-134a. No other re- frigerant is recommended. The only compressor oil recommended is PAG (polyalkylene glycol). It is the only oil compatible with refrigerant R-134a. No other oil is recommen ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 27

1-26 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance ________________ ¨ Fuel Filter Service Replace the filter element every 6,000 mi (9,600 km), or annu- ally, whichever occurs first (Figure 1-21). See ÒPurging Air From Diesel FilterÓ (Section 3). Figure 1-21: Fuel Filter Location Transmission Fluid Figure 1-22: Transmission Dipstick Location ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 28

_______________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-27 ¨ 05745159 Axle and Geared Hub Check axle and hub lubricant condition and level every 3,000 mi (4,800 km) or semiannually, whichever occurs first. Geared hub level should be within 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) of fill plug opening when lubricant is cold, or to plug level when hot. Axle lev ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 29

1-28 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance ________________ ¨ Steering and Suspension Lubrication Points Lubricate steering and suspension components every 3,000 mi. (4 800 km), or semiannually, whichever occurs first. If operat- ing conditions are severe, service at 1,000 mi. (1 600 km) inter- vals. Figure 1-28: Ball Joint/Radius Rod L ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 30

_______________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-29 ¨ 05745159 Power Steering Fluid Check the fluid level in the power steering reservoir monthly and adjust level as necessary. If fluid is hot, level should be be- tween ÒHOTÓ and ÒCOLDÓ marks on the cap indicator. If fluid is cool, level should be between ÒADDÓ and ÒCOLDÓ ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 31

1-30 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance ________________ ¨ CDR V alv e Clean the CDR valve with parts solvent and allow to dry. Re- place the valve if oil soaked, or if it wonÕt sustain vacuum/at- mospheric pressure testing, see ÒCDR ValveÓ in Section 3 for pressure testing instructions. Also replace the valve hose if cracked, bri ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 32

_______________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-31 ¨ 05745159 ESSENTIAL T OOLS NOTE: See page 1-1 of the Service Parts Catalog for information on ordering Kent-Moore tools. Eng ine Fuel, Emissions and Exhaust Tr a n sm i s s i o n / Tr a ns f e r C a s e To o l N o . Description JÐ23523-F Harmonic Balancer Remo v er/Installer S ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 33

1-32 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance ________________ ¨ Wheels, Tires and CTIS Brak es Steering Axles/Suspension and Frame HV A C T ool No. Descr iption JÐ42557 Cam Socket T ool No. Description J Ð 42553 Disc Brake T ool Kit T ool No. Description JÐ24319-B Steering Linkage and T ie-Rod Puller JÐ25033-C Pump Pulley Installer J? ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 34

_______________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-33 ¨ 05745159 Electrical Electrical Tr oubleshooting MISCELLANEOUS ESSENTIAL T OOLS T ool No. Description TKÐOÐA T ech 1 Diagnostic Scanner T AÐ1151 T ech 1 Adapter , part of TK-O-A T AÐ1152 T ech 1 T est Lead, part of TK-O-A T AÐ1190-A T ech 1 OperatorÕ s Manual, part of TK- ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 35

1-34 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance ________________ ¨ SPECIAL T OOLS Eng ine Fuel, Emissions and Exhaust T ransmission/T ransfer Case Wheels, Tires and CTIS Steering T ool No. Description JÐ29834 V alv e Lifter Remov al T ool JÐ8080 Main Bearing Shell Remover/Installer (In-V ehicle) JÐ6098-10 Camshaft Bearing Remov er/Install ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 36

_______________ General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance 1-35 ¨ 05745159 Axles/Suspension and Frame HV A C T ool No. Description JÐ33142 Axle Shaft and Seal Installer JÐ21786 Pinion Rear Bearing Cup Remover JÐ21787 Pinion Front Bearing Cup Remover JÐ8611-01 Rear Pinion Bearing Race Installer JÐ29162 Rear Retaining Seal Installer JÐ86 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 37

1-36 General Information, Lubrication and Maintenance ________________ ¨ THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 38

________________________________________________________________________________ 2-1 ¨ 05745159 Section 2 Eng ine INTRODUCTION This section contains general information, diesel engine diagno- sis, turbocharger service, and diesel engine repair and overhaul. A table of contents is provided that lists the various repair items and the section page nu ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 39

2-2 Engine ______________________________________________________________________ ¨ Oil Pump Oil Pump and Drive Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58 Oil Pump and Pump Drive Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77 Oil Pump Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Oil Pump Pres ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 40

_____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-3 ¨ 05745159 The turbocharged diesel engine is equipped with a Warner Gear turbocharger. A wastegate, in the turbine housing, con- trols boost. The wastegate is operated by an externally mounted vacuum actuator. The actuator opens the gate to de- crease boost, or closes ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 41

2-4 Engine ______________________________________________________________________ ¨ Sealants Anerobic, RTV, and standard sealants are all used for various repairs. RTV (room temperature vulcanizing) sealers are used when a non-rigid part is attached to a rigid part (e.g. oil pan to engine block). Typical RTV sealers would be Permatex High Temp, Ul ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 42

_____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-5 ¨ 05745159 ROAD T ESTING The purpose of road testing is basically to confirm or deny the existence of an engine fault. Procedure is as follows: 1. Note condition of wheels/tires before test. W orn, damaged tires or wheels can cause vibration or noise. 2. Check and adj ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 43

2-6 Engine ______________________________________________________________________ ¨ Diesel Fuel Knock or Rattle The rattling sound unique to diesel engine is normal. It is a function of high compression ratio, injector nozzle spray pat- tern and pressure, and compression ignition. However, incor- rect injection pump timing, low quality fuel, or in ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 44

_____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-7 ¨ 05745159 Figure 2-6: Checking Current at Each Glow Plug OIL PUMP PRESSURE T EST Connect the pressure test gauge to the transmitter fitting in the valley of the block. Pressure should be a minimum of 6 psi (41 kPa) at hot idle and increase to 30 psi (207 kPa) at 2000 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 45

2-8 Engine ______________________________________________________________________ ¨ Engine Diagnosis PR OBLEM PO TENTIAL CA USE CORRECTION Hard Starting 1. InsufÞcient cranking speed (belo w 100 rpm cold or 180 rpm hot). Caused by: ¥ Lo w batteries ¥ Bad cable connections ¥ Serpentine belt or alternator problem 2. Starter problem ¥ Poor conne ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 46

_____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-9 ¨ 05745159 Hard Starting When Hot 1. Wrong fuel or poor quality fuel. 2. Air leaks in fuel supply (suction) lines. 3. Fuel return or vent line restricted. 4. Low fuel pressure to injector pump. 5. Engine shut-off solenoid problem. 6. Low compression due to rings, pist ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 47

2-10 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ Engine W ill Not Crank - (Continued) 5. Starter or solenoid problem. 6. Hydrostatic lock. Combustion chambers Þlled with fuel, or coolant due to faulty injec- tors, or blo wn head gasket. (Remov e glow plugs, crank engine and note ßuid coming out of plug holes). ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 48

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-11 ¨ 05745159 Lo w Power , Poor Accelera- tion 1. V ehicle o verloaded. 2. Lo w grade diesel fuel. 3. Sludge or wax b uildup in fuel Þlter (low fuel supply). 4. Air in fuel supply system. 5. Fuel supply pump failed. 6. Mistimed injection pump. 7. Restriction in air inta ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 49

2-12 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ White Smoke 1. Low quality fuel. 2. Injection pump/engine timing is retarded. 3. Engine coolant entering combustion chamber through blo wn gasket, cracked head, loose/ damaged head bolts. May be accompanied by lo w coolant lev el and overheating. 4. Lo w ambient te ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 50

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-13 ¨ 05745159 Excessi ve Oil Consumption 1. Prolonged high speed, high load, or ov erload operation. 2. Incorrect oil grade used for high ambient temperature operation. 3. Oil leaks at: ¥ Rocker covers ¥Oil pan ¥ Rear main seal ¥Oil Þlter ¥ T iming chain co ver or ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 51

2-14 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ Overheating (continued) 5. Failed thermostat or radiator cap. 6. Fan clutch inoperati ve. 7. W ater pump inoperative. 8. Blown head gask et. 9. Crack in block, or leaking freeze plug. 10. Coolant temperature gauge or sensor faulty . 5. Check thermostat and cap oper ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 52

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-15 ¨ 05745159 T URBOCHARGER SER VICE AND DIAGNOSIS Description The turbocharger used on 6.5L diesel engines is a Borg- Warner model 1H1 (Figure 2-7). Lubrication is by engine oil from the engine lubrication system. Boost is monitored by the PCM and controlled by the wast ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 53

2-16 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ T URBOCHARGER OPERATION The wastegate valve controls boost. It is operated by the vac- uum actuator. Opening the valve stops boost and closing the valve generates boost. Boost levels are continuously monitored by the PCM. In the operation, an increase in accelerato ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 54

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-17 ¨ 05745159 T urbocharger Remo v al 1. Remov e front console, rear console, engine cover , and dis- connect related wiring and A/C ducting. 2. Remove turbocharger heat shielding. 3. Loosen clamps attaching turbocharger inlet tubes to exhaust manifolds and turbocharger. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 55

2-18 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ Turbocharger Diagnosis PR OBLEM PO TENTIAL CA USE CORRECTION Low Power Poor Acceleration (Black smoke not evident at 1/2 to wide open throttle) 1. Lean fuel mixture caused by insufÞcient fuel volume or pressure. 1. Problem is in fuel delivery system. Check fuel su ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 56

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-19 ¨ 05745159 DIESEL ENG INE IN-V EHICLE SER VICE General Information The repair procedures described in this section cover engine service that can be performed in the vehicle. Engine removal is not required. Left/Right Orientation Left/right orientation throughout this ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 57

2-20 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ Figure 2-13: Engine Bracket and Insulator Assembly Installation 12. Position insulator on engine bracket (Figure 2-13). 13. Install engine bracket and insulator. Tighten engine bracket-to-block bolts to 30 lb-ft (41 N¥m) torque. Tighten insulator stud nuts to 90 l ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 58

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-21 ¨ 05745159 Installation 1. Clean face of torsional damper with brake cleaner . Smooth surface with Þle, or 280 grit paper , if necessary . 2. Install pulley on damper and install pulley bolts. Tighten bolts until snug. 3. Install serpentine belt on all pulleys except ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 59

2-22 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ FRONT CO V ER OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT 1. Remov e crankshaft pulley and torsional damper . Refer to procedures in this section. 2. Remove oil seal front cover with tool J Ð 22102 or pry tool (Figure 2-19). 3. Clean seal contact surface of torsional damper. Smooth surf ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 60

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-23 ¨ 05745159 FRONT CO V ER AND TIMING CHAIN Cover Removal 1. Disconnect and remov e batteries and tray . 2. Drain engine coolant. 3. Remove radiator upper and lower hoses. 4. Loosen crankshaft pulley belts. 5. Remove left and right splash shields. 6. Disconnect hood har ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 61

2-24 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ Figure 2-22: Upper Radiator Hose Connections 11. Remove fan and fan clutch. 12. Remove crankshaft pulley (Figure 2-14). 13. Remove torsional damper attaching bolt and washer (Figure 2-17). 14. Remove torsional damper with tool J Ð 23523-F (Figure 2-18). 15. Remove ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 62

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-25 ¨ 05745159 Figure 2-24: Drive Gear, Baffle, and Front Cover Removal Figure 2-25: Drive Gear, Timing Chain, and Sprocket Removal FRONT SEAL BAFFLE INJECTION PUMP DRIVEN GEAR FRONT COVER PUMP GASKET FUEL PUMP INJECTION PUMP DRIVE GEAR INJECTION INJECTION PUMP DRIVE GEAR ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 63

2-26 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ Front Cover Installation 1. Install ne w camshaft thrust plate and spacer if required. 2. Clean front cover and engine block sealing surfaces with carb cleaner and wipe dry. 3. Install drive keys in camshaft and crankshaft. Be sure keys are seated. 4. Assemble and ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 64

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-27 ¨ 05745159 Figure 2-28: Front Cover Mounting 11. Install baffle in front cover (Figure 2-29). Maintain minimum clearance of 0.040 in. (1.02 mm) between baffle and injection pump drive gear. Tighten baffle attaching bolts/nuts to 33 lb-ft (45 N¥m) torque. 12. Install ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 65

2-28 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ 22. Install fan pulley, fan, and fan clutch. Tighten attaching nuts to 15-20 lb-ft (20-27 N¥m). 23. Install serpentine drive belt. 24. Connect heater and bypass hoses at water pump and crossover. Then attach radiator upper inlet hoses to inlet tube. 25. Install ra ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 66

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-29 ¨ 05745159 REAR MAIN OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT 1. Remov e transmission and transfer case assembly . 2. Remove flywheel. Figure 2-32: Rear Main Oil Seal Removal CA UTION: Do not nick or scratch crankshaft seal surface when removing old seal (Figure 2-32). 3. Using small scr ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 67

2-30 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ ROCK ER ARM COV ER SER VICE Right Side Cover Removal 1. Remov e front console and engine cover . 2. Remove air horn and inlet hose. Then remove air cleaner assembly. 3. Drain radiator. 4. Remove surge tank. 5. Disconnect and remove water control valve, hoses, and b ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 68

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-31 ¨ 05745159 Right Side Cover Installation 1. Clean cov er mounting surface of cylinder head with brak e or contact cleaner and shop to wels. This product will remov e residue from the surface and ensure proper adhe- sion of ne w sealer . 2. If new rocker arm cover is b ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 69

2-32 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ Left Side Cover Installation 1. Clean cov er mounting rails on cylinder head with brake or contact cleaner and shop to wels. This product will remov e residue from surface and ensure proper adhesion of ne w sealer . 2. If new rocker arm cover is being installed, cl ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 70

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-33 ¨ 05745159 ROCK ER ARM, SHAFT, AND PUSHROD SER VICE Removal 1. Remov e one or both rocker arm cov ers as needed. Refer to procedures in this section. 2. Remove bolts and retainers that attach rocker arm shafts to cylinder head (Figure 2-36). Note position of bolts for ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 71

2-34 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ Cleaning and Inspection Clean the valve train components in parts cleaning solvent. Carb cleaner or a spray type gasket remover can be used to re- move stubborn deposits. Mark position of the rocker arms on the shafts. Remove the rocker arm retainers with pliers. T ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 72

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-35 ¨ 05745159 EXHAUST MANIFOLD SERVICE Right Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement Removal 1. Remov e console and engine access cover . 2. Remove right exhaust manifold rear heat shield screws and locknuts (Figure 2-38). 3. Remove shield attaching screws and remove he ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 73

2-36 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ Right Exhaust Manifold Rear Heat Shield Replacement 1. Remov e console and engine access cover . 2. Detach rear heat shield from transmission fill tube clamp (Figure 2-39). 3. Remove rear heat shield. 4. Install rear heat shield. 5. Attach rear heat shield to trans ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 74

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-37 ¨ 05745159 CYLINDER HEAD AND GASK ET SER VICE Cylinder Head (Left Side) Removal 1. Remov e hood with aid of helper as follows: ¥ Disconnect hood harness ¥ Remove harness clips at driver side frame rail bracket ¥ Remove bolts that attach prop rod bracket to driver s ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 75

2-38 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ Cylinder Head (Left Side) Installation 1. Clean gasket surf ace of cylinder block with scraper if nec- essary . Then remov e protectiv e covering from c ylinder and lifter v alleys. 2. Wipe cylinder block surface clean with solvent and cloth. 3. Position new head g ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 76

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-39 ¨ 05745159 12. Install fuel injector lines. Tighten line fittings at pump and injector to 19 lb-ft (26 N¥m) torque. 13. Install intake manifold and gaskets. Tighten manifold studs/bolts to 31 lb-ft (42 N¥m) torque. Also install turbocharger, if equipped. 14. Install ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 77

2-40 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ Cylinder Head (Right Side) Installation 1. Clean gasket surf ace of cylinder block with scraper if nec- essary . Scuff sand surface with 180 grit emery or paper to provide better surf ace for gasket seating. Then remo ve protecti ve cov ering from cylinders and lif ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 78

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-41 ¨ 05745159 V ALV E LIFTER REPLACEMENT The 6.5L diesel engines are equipped with roller-type hydrau- lic lifters. The lifters are not repairable. A failed lifter must be replaced as an assembly. Service access to the lifters requires removal of one or both cylinder hea ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 79

2-42 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ¨ c. Stroke lifter plunger with pushrod to pump fluid through lifter. d. Remove lifter from container and wipe it dry with lint free cloth or paper. e. Re-prime lifter with clean engine oil. 2. Apply cam lube to lifter roller and bearings. 3. Install lifters as follo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 80

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-43 ® 05745159 Figure 2-48: Removing/Installing Main Bearing Upper Half with Cotter Pin or Equivalent INTAK E MANIF OLD Service A three-piece intake manifold is used on turbocharged diesel engines (Figure 2-49). It consists of left and right manifold halves and a center m ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 81

2-44 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® EXHAUST MANIFOLDS Removal 1. Remov e consoles and engine cover for access to turbo- charger inlet pipes. F or information regarding inlet pipes, refer to Section 3. 2. Loosen flange clamps that secure left inlet pipe to exhaust manifold and turbocharger. On right s ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 82

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-45 ® 05745159 OVERHAUL SERVICE INFORMATION Anaerobic and RTV type sealers are both used during engine re-assembly. Anaerobic sealer such as Loctite gasket maker (515 or 510) is used on the timing chain cover. RTV sealers such as Permatex Ultra Copper, Ultra Blue, or Loct ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 83

2-46 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® 23. Disconnect A/C hoses at compressor. Move hoses aside for working clearance. Cap open ends to prevent dirt entry (Figure 2-55). Figure 2-54: Air Horn and Hose Removal/Installation Figure 2-55: Suction/Discharge Hose Assembly Mounting 24. Disconnect bypass hose a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 84

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-47 ® 05745159 40. Working under vehicle, loosen, disconnect, or remove following: • Remove skid plate. • Remove starter and shield (with aid of helper). • Remove exhaust pipe. Also loosen and move heat shield aside. • Remove converter housing access cover and gas ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 85

2-48 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-60: Engine Mounted on Repair Stand ENG INE INSTALLATION 1. If ne w engine is being installed, transfer mounting brack- ets and insulators, generator , po wer steering pump, A/C compressor , dri ve plate (ﬂywheel), turbochar ger , and nec- essary mounting ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 86

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-49 ® 05745159 19. Remove protective tape from A/C suction/discharge hose adapter and connect it to compressor. Install new seal washers. Figure 2-61: Suction/Discharge Hose Connection 20. Connect glow relay cable and wires. 21. Position support on back of alternator. The ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 87

2-50 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® Fan and Pulle y Remo v al 1. Insert spanner J–41240-1 in holes in water pump pulle y (Figure 2-62). 2. Use spanner to hold water pump shaft and wrench J– 41240-5A to loosen nut securing fan clutch to water pump. 3. Remove bolts attaching fan to fan clutch. 4. R ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 88

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-51 ® 05745159 Po w er Steering Pump and Brack et Remo v al 1. Remov e bolts/nuts attaching pump mounting bracket to block and cylinder head and remo ve pump and bracket as assembly . 2. If pump requires service, remove pump attaching bolts and remove pump from bracket (F ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 89

2-52 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® Intak e Manif old Remo v al 1. Remov e bolts and studs attaching each manifold half to cylinder head. 2. Tap each manifold half with rawhide mallet to loosen it. 3. Lift and remove manifold halv es and gaskets (Figures 2-70 and 2-71). Discard gaskets. Figure 2-70: ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 90

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-53 ® 05745159 Fuel Injection Line Remo v al NOTE: Mark or tag fuel injection lines for installation refer- ence. 1. Disconnect lines at injector nozzles (Figure 2-75). 2. Remove clamp and boot from lines at injection pump if equipped. 3. Disconnect and remove injection l ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 91

2-54 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® Rock er Arm Cov er Remo v al 1. Remov e injection line support bracket from studs (Figure 2-77). 2. Remove cover attaching bolts and studs. 3. Remove rocker arm cover. Tap cover with rubber mallet and twist it to remove. Do not pry on cover. 4. Repeat procedure for ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 92

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-55 ® 05745159 Cylinder Head Remo v al 1. Remov e cylinder head bolts (Figure 2-81). 2. Remove cylinder head from block. 3. Remove cylinder head gasket. Discard gasket afterward. 4. Repeat procedure for opposite cylinder head. Figure 2-81: Cylinder Head and Gasket Removal ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 93

2-56 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® W ater Pump/Adapter Plate/Oil Fill T ube Remo v al 1. Remov e oil ﬁll tube from adapter plate (Figure 2-83). Figure 2-83: Oil Fill Tube Removal 2. Remove water pump and adapter plate from timing gear cover (Figure 2-84). Note location of attaching studs and bolts ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 94

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-57 ® 05745159 Front Co v er Remo v al 1. Remov e bafﬂe from front co ver (Figure 2-87). 2. Remove bolts attaching front cover to oil pan. 3. Remove bolts attaching front cover to engine block. 4. Remove front cover. Use mallet to loosen cover. Do not pry cover loose. 5 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 95

2-58 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-90: Oil Filter and Adapter Removal Figure 2-91: Oil Pressure Sending Unit Location Oil Pan Remo v al 1. Drain oil from pan if not pre viously done. 2. Remove pan bolts. 3. Tap pan with rubber mallet to loosen. Then remove pan. 4. Remove pan rear seal (Figu ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 96

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-59 ® 05745159 Figure 2-94: Oil Pump Drive Removal Camshaft Remo v al 1. Remov e thrust plate and spacer (Figure 2-95). CA UTION: Support camshaft during removal to avoid damag- ing bearings. 2. Remove camshaft from cylinder block. Figure 2-95: Camshaft Removal Piston and ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 97

2-60 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® Flywheel Remo v al 1. Remov e six capscrews and ﬂywheel from crankshaft (Figure 2-97). 2. Remove flywheel attaching bolts with impact wrench and suitable size socket. 3. Work flywheel off crankshaft flange with rocking motion. Figure 2-97: Flywheel Removal Cranks ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 98

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-61 ® 05745159 NOTE: Be sure to inspect the piston cooling oil tubes in turbo diesel blocks. Verify that the tubes are clear (Figure 2-101). Figure 2-100: Camshaft Bearing Locations Figure 2-101: Piston Oil Cooling Feed and Spray Orifice Locations Inspection Check all of ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 99

2-62 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® Check the pipe plugs at the sides and front of the block (Figure 2-103). Replace any plugs that are loose or leaking. Coat replacement plug threads with Permatex #2, or high temp silicone sealant before installation. Figure 2-103: Cylinder Block Valve and Plug Loca ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 100

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-63 ® 05745159 Figure 2-106: Measuring Cylinder Taper and Wear with Bore Gauge Measure piston skirt diameter at the centerline of the piston pin but at a right angle (opposite) to the pin. Refer to the “Service Piston and Cylinder Bore Specifications” data at the end ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 101

2-64 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® Cylinder Boring and Honing Information Check the ID letters stamped on the cylinder block pan rails. These letters identify the production standard piston grade size and cylinder bore. The letters used are J, K, G, and T. Grade and sizes are listed in the service p ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 102

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-65 ® 05745159 Figure 2-110: Removing Cam Bearings 1 and 5 CA UTION: It is extremely important that the cam bearings be properly aligned during installation. Failure to align the oil feed holes in the bearings and oil feed slots in the bearing bores, will result in engine ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 103

2-66 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® CRANKSHAFT SER VICE Clean the crankshaft with solvent and clear the journal oil holes with a wire brush if necessary. Dry the crankshaft with compressed air or lint free shop towels. Inspect condition of rod and main journals (Figure 2-113). The journals must be sm ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 104

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-67 ® 05745159 PISTON/CONNECTING ROD OVERHAUL Remove and discard the old piston rings. Use a remover/in- staller tool similar to parallel jaw type tool shown (Figure 2-116). Discard rings after removal. Use a ring groove tool to remove carbon and oil deposits from the rin ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 105

2-68 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-119: Measuring Piston Pin Diameter Measure pin bushing diameter in connecting rod with small bore gauge or inside micrometer (Figure 2-120). Record bush- ing diameter and compare it to diameter of new or known good piston pin. The difference between the tw ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 106

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-69 ® 05745159 • If a cylinder bore only requires honing to correct a prob- lem, use the next grade size piston. Avoid going to the largest oversize piston unless absolutely necessary. • Verify that a new piston is properly aligned on the con- necting rod. The rod ID ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 107

2-70 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-125: Seating Piston Pin Retainer Ring Piston Ring Installation 1. Check end gap of all rings. Insert ring in bore and push it do wn until its about 1-2 inches (2.5-5 cm) below top edge of bore. V erify that ring is level, then check end g ap with feeler ga ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 108

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-71 ® 05745159 CAMSHAFT, TIMING CHAIN, SPROC K ET, AND DRIVE GEAR SER VICE Clean the camshaft and geartrain parts in solvent. Wipe the cam dry with shop towels only. Compressor can be used to dry the other parts. Inspect the cam bearing journals for wear, scoring, scuffin ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 109

2-72 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-131: Oil Filler Tube and Cap CYLINDER HEAD O VERHA UL Disassembly 1. Remov e glow plugs and injectors if not pre viously remov ed. 2. Remove temperature sender from left side head (Figure 2-132). Figure 2-132: Temperature Sender Removal/ Installation 3. Cl ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 110

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-73 ® 05745159 Figure 2-134: Intake and Exhaust Valve Components Figure 2-135: Pre-combustion Chamber Removal Figure 2-136: Cover Removal/Installation Cleaning and Inspection Clean the cylinder heads and valve components in parts clean- ing solvent. Use carb cleaner and a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 111

2-74 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-138: Prechamber Inspection Points Check fit of each pre-chamber in the cylinder head. Replace loose (or cracked) chambers. Oversize chambers are available when needed. The oversize parts are marked with ID code “08.” The code numerals appear on the cha ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 112

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-75 ® 05745159 Cylinder Head Reassembly 1. Scuf f sand all gasket surfaces with 180 grit paper . 2. Clean the valvetrain parts and cylinder head with solvent and dry with compressed air. 3. Install new freeze plugs in heads if necessary. Apply Permatex #2 or high temp adh ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 113

2-76 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® LIFTER , PUSHROD, ROC K ER ARM SER VICE Clean the rocker arms, shafts, pushrods, guides, clamps, and lifters in parts cleaning solvent. Immerse the lifters in solvent and use a pushrod to stroke the lifter plunger. Replace any lifter that is collapsed, or if fluid ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 114

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-77 ® 05745159 Figure 2-146: Torsional Damper Inspection Points Figure 2-147: Flywheel Inspection Points OIL PUMP AND PUMP DRIVE SER VICE The oil pump can be disassembled for inspection if desired but not overhauled. The pump is serviced only as a complete as- sembly. Ind ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 115

2-78 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® OIL FILTER ADAPTER AND BYPASS V ALVE SER VICE Oil Filter Adapter Inspect the adapter fitting and bolt for damaged threads (Figure 2-149). Replace either fitting if damaged. Inspect the filter adapter for stripped or crossed threads, cracks, and chipped sealing surf ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 116

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-79 ® 05745159 Inspect the oil pan for cracks, sealing surface distortion, dents, and damaged threads (Figure 2-151). Small dents, not involving stretched metal, are not a cause for replacement. Larger dents involving stretched or creased metal will result in leaks. Inspe ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 117

2-80 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® ENG INE ASSEMBLY AND ADJUSTMENT Crankshaft Main Bearing Selection Main bearings are available in standard and two undersizes for select fit purposes. Required bearing clearances are: • 0.0017-0.003 in. (0.045-0.083 mm) at bearings 1 through 4 • 0.002-0.0036 in. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 118

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-81 ® 05745159 Figure 2-155: Gauging Plastic Position on Crankshaft Main journal 7. Install main bearing caps and old bolts retained from disassembly operations. Tighten inner cap bolts to 55 lb-ft (75 N•m), outer bolts on main caps 1 and 5 to 48 lb-ft (65 N•m) and ma ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 119

2-82 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® CRANKSHAFT MAIN CAP TORQUE SEQUENCE 1. T ighten the inner 12 mm bolts to 55 lb-ft (75 N.m). 2. Retighten the inner 12 mm bolts to 55 lb-ft (75 N.m). 3. Tighten the inner 12 mm bolts an additional 90 degrees. 4. Tighten the outer 12 mm bolts (crankshaft bearing caps ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 120

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-83 ® 05745159 PISTON/CONNECTING ROD INSTALLATION AND BEARING FIT Verify correct piston and rod assembly. Be sure piston crown relief and notches in rod for bearing inserts are aligned (Figure 2-160). Install only one piston and connecting rod assembly at a time. This is ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 121

2-84 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-162: Measuring Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance with Plastic Gauging material 12. Check connecting rod side play with feeler gauge (Figure 2-163). Insert gauge between connecting rods on same journal. Clearance should be 0.007-0.025 in. (0.17- 0.63 mm). NO ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 122

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-85 ® 05745159 Figure 2-165: Flywheel Installation CAMSHAFT INSTALLATION 1. Place engine in upright position so cam bearing bores are vertical. 2. Lubricate camshaft bearing journals with engine oil. Then lubricate cam bearings with long nozzle oil can. 3. Lubricate camsh ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 123

2-86 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® FRONT CO V ER AND BAF FLE INSTALLATION 1. Install new seal in front co ver with installer tool J–22102. 2. Apply sealer to front cover as follows: • Use anaerobic sealer such as Loctite 510 on cover sur- faces that contact block (Figure 2-168). • Use RTV-type ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 124

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-87 ® 05745159 FUEL INJECTION PUMP INSTALLATION 1. Install injection pump gasket on front co ver studs. 2. Mount injection pump on front cover studs (Figure 2-169). Install retaining nuts finger tighten. 3. Rotate crankshaft if necessary, to place timing mark on injection ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 125

2-88 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-173: Adapter Plate and Water Pump Installation 4. Install oil fill tube on adapter plate with two washers and nuts. Tighten nuts to 13-20 lb-ft (18-27 N•m) (Figure 2-174). 5. Install pulley on water pump shaft flange. Figure 2-174: Oil Fill Tube Installa ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 126

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-89 ® 05745159 CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION Important: • Make sure that the block and head gasket surfaces are clean. • The head gasket material is soft. Handle the gasket with care and make sure the gasket surface is not creased or dented. CA UTION: Do not apply any ty ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 127

2-90 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® GLOW PLUG AND INJECTION NOZZLE INSTALLATION 1. Install glo w plugs in each cylinder head (Figure 2-178). T ighten plugs to 8-12 lb-ft (11-16 N•m). Figure 2-178: Glow Plug Installation 2. Install gasket on each injector nozzle (Figure 2-179). 3. Install injector n ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 128

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-91 ® 05745159 ROCK ER COV ER INSTALLATION 1. Clean mounting ﬂanges on both rocker co vers and cylin- der heads. W ipe ﬂange sealing surfaces of f with isopropyl alcohol to prepare surface for sealer application. 2. Apply RTV-type sealer to cover sealing surfaces. 3. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 129

2-92 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® FUEL INJECTOR LINE INSTALLATION 1. Flush injector lines with fresh diesel fuel and compressed air . 2. Attach fuel lines to injectors and pump. Verify line routing and connection (Figures 2-183 and 2-184). 3. Tighten fuel line fittings at injectors and at pump to 1 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 130

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-93 ® 05745159 T ORSIONAL DAMPER AND CRANKSHAFT PULLEY INSTALLATION 1. Install damper ke y in crankshaft (Figure 2-186). 2. Lubricate crankshaft hub, damper seal contact surface, and damper hub bore with engine oil or chassis grease. 3. Align and install damper on cranksh ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 131

2-94 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® REPROGRAMMING TDC OFFSET TDC offset must be reprogrammed whenever the PCM, front cover, timing gears, timing chain, crankshaft position sensor, or other components affecting timing are replaced. The proce- dure for reprogramming TDC offset is as follows: 1. V erify ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 132

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-95 ® 05745159 T OR QUE SPECIFICATIONS Item Lb-Ft. Lb-In. N•m Block drainplugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Camshaft gear bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Camshaft thrust ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 133

2-96 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® ENG INE SPECIF ICATIONS General Data: Displacement 6.5L/395 c.i.d. Type 4 Cycle, Diesel, Liquid-Cooled Bore 4.06 in. (103 mm) Stroke 3.82 in. (97 mm) Compression Ratio 20.2:1 Firing Order 1-8-7-2-6-5-4-3 Oil Pressure 6 psi (69 kPa) at idle (hot); 30 psi (552 kPa) a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 134

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-97 ® 05745159 SER VICE PISTON AND CYLINDER BORE SPECIFICATIONS (MM) NOTE: Cylinders #7 and #8 require 0.013 mm (0.005 in.) additional clearance (piston to bore). CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOUR NAL DIAMETER AND BEARING SELECTION (MM) NOTE: U.S. indicates undersize bearing. Bearing ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 135

2-98 Engine _____________________________________________________________________ ® BLOCK, CAMSHAFT AND BEAR ING SIZES (MM) NOTE: To convert metric to U.S. sizes, multiply metric (mm) amount by 0.03937. 6.5L Engines Camshaft Journal Diameter O.D (Diameter T olerance 0.55 mm) #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 55.025 54.970 55.025 54.970 55.025 54.970 55.025 54.970 51 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 136

____________________________________________________________________ Engine 2-99 ® 05745159 ESSENTIAL T OOLS Procure from Kent-Moore. J–26999-30 J–33139 J–34116 J–22102 J–23523-F J–23951 J–26999 J–39084 J–35555 J–41240-1 J–41240-5A T ool No. Description J–23523-F Harmonic Balancer Remov er/Installer Set J–26999-30 Compres ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 137

2-100 Engine ____________________________________________________________________ ® SPECIAL T OOLS Procure from Kent-Moore. T ool No. Description J–29834 V alv e Lifter Remov al T ool J–8080 Main Bearing Shell Remov er/Installer (In-V ehicle) J–6098-10 Camshaft Bearing Remo ver/Installer (use with J–33049) J–8062 V alv e Spring Compresso ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 138

________________________________________________________________________________ 3-1 ® 5745159 Section 3 Fuel, Emissions , and Exhaust T ABLE OF CONTENTS Air Cleaner Assembly Air Cleaner Filter Element Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21 Air Cleaner Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Ai ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 139

3-2 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust _____________________________________________ ® Figure 3-1: Fuel Supply System Fuel Lift Pump The fuel lift pump is located on the firewall near the drivers side of the engine. The electric fuel lift pump has a hollow plunger that slides in a bore located in the center passage be- tween the inlet and outlet ports ( ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 140

____________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-3 ® 5745159 Fuel Filter -W ater Separator The filter-water separator is located at the driver side of the en- gine compartment firewall (Figure 3-4). It performs five func- tions which are: • Fuel filtering (2-stage) • Water separation • Water detection • Water dra ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 141

3-4 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust _____________________________________________ ® Fuel Injectors An identical fuel injector nozzle is used for each cylinder. The nozzle is threaded into the cylinder head and positioned so the injector nozzle extends into the combustion prechamber. The injectors are a spring loaded, valve and pintle design (Figure 3 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 142

____________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-5 ® 5745159 Figure 3-7: Electronic Accelerator Pedal Components Figure 3-8: Electronic Accelerator Pedal (Location) Figure 3-9: Accelerator Pedal Connector Clip Electronic Fuel Injection Pump Operation The electronic fuel injection pump is operated by the power- train cont ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 143

3-6 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust _____________________________________________ ® PO W ERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) The PCM controls operation of all of the engine and transmis- sion outputs. It is on a bracket attached to floor under the cen- ter console. The data link connector is the access point for the scan tool. The connector is under the ins ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 144

____________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-7 ® 5745159 Fuel System Diagnosis—Diesel Engine PR OBLEM PO TENTIAL CA USE CORRECTION Hard Starting 1. Dri ver/o wner not following recommended start procedure. 1. Remind dri ver/o wner of required procedure. Dem- onstrate procedure if necessary . 2. Fuel contaminated, l ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 145

3-8 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust _____________________________________________ ® No Start Condi- tion (engine cranks but will not run) 1. Excessi ve amount of water or wax b uildup in system. 1. Draw of f sample at drain plug. Drain and ﬂush sys- tem if necessary . 2. Blo wn fuse. 2. Replace fuse. Check for shorts-grounds in affected circuit. 3. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 146

____________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-9 ® 5745159 Lo w Power , Sluggish Accel- eration 1. Contaminated or lo w-quality fuel. 1. Drain, ﬂush, and reﬁll fuel system. 2. High fuel temperature. 2. Normal condition in high ambient. 3. Restriction in air intak e system. 3. Remove and clean ﬁlter , housing, wea ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 147

3-10 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® Knock-Ping Under Accelera- tion. 1. Contaminated, incorrect, or lo w quality fuel. 1. Drain, ﬂush, and reﬁll fuel system. 2. Air leak in fuel deli very system. 2. Inspect injector line fittings. Bleed injectors and tighten any loose fittings. Check all fuel supply ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 148

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-11 ® 5745159 SCAN T OOL DIAGNOSIS The scan tool is needed for operational testing of electronic components such as the PCM, electronic accelerator pedal po- tentiometer, and engine sensors. The scan tool is connected to the vehicle electrical system through the diagnostic/d ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 149

3-12 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® c. A drop of fluid should form and remain on nozzle tip for at least 10 seconds. d. Replace nozzle if fluid falls off tip in less than 10 seconds. 11. Test injector chatter as follows: a. Close test tool shutoff valve. b. Press tool pump handle slowly downward and list ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 150

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-13 ® 5745159 Low T emperature—High Resistance T est 1. Connect scan tool and start engine. 2. Note indicated temperature: • If temperature is normal, problem is with sensor wires and connections. • If temperature is at or above 266° F (130° C), continue with test. D ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 151

3-14 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® Installation 3. Install the O-ring seal above the threads at the bottom of the new solenoid (Figure 3-14). 4. Install the replacement solenoid into the injector pump housing and torque to 19 lb-ft (25 N•m). 5. Connect the electrical connector to the ESO solenoid. 6. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 152

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-15 ® 5745159 Fuel Solenoid Driver Replacement Removal 1. Drain the engine coolant and remov e the upper radiator hose from the thermostat housing. 2. Remove the left intake manifold runner to gain access to the Fuel Solenoid Driver (on the left side of the injection pump). ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 153

3-16 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® Injection Timing Stepper Motor The stepper motor is used to advance or retard timing of the electronic injection pump. The motor is controlled by the PCM and is actuated by input signals primarily from the coolant, air, and fuel temperature sensors. A stepper motor fau ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 154

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-17 ® 5745159 Crankshaft Position Sensor The crankshaft position sensor is a Hall-effect device that mon- itors crankshaft position and rpm. Four reference teeth 90° apart, on the crankshaft timing sprocket cause the devise to turn “ON” or “OFF” producing a digital ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 155

3-18 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® Boost Sensor Circuit T est 1. Connect scan tool to diagnostic/data link connector . 2. Start and run engine at idle speed. 3. Record boost sensor voltage. • If voltage is 4.0 volts or more, continue test. • If voltage is less than specified, compare sensor to known ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 156

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-19 ® 5745159 AIR CLEANER SER VICE Removal NOTE: To remove dust unloader only, perform steps 1 and 2. 1. Remov e air cleaner (Figure 3-23). 2. Loosen clamp and remove dust unloader from air cleaner assembly. 3. Loosen clamp and disconnect elbow from engine side of air cleane ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 157

3-20 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® Figure 3-23: Air Cleaner Assembly and Dust Unloader WEATHERCAP AIR INTAKE DUCT VENT LINE AIR HORN AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY AIR CLEANER SHIELD TUBE ADAPTER VENT AIR INTAKE SUPPORT AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY DUST UNLOADER ELBOW SEAL GASKET FITTING AIR INDUCTION HOSE HOOD SEAL ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 158

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-21 ® 5745159 Air Cleaner Filter Element Ser vice Removal 1. Remov e ring clamp, cover , and gasket from air cleaner (Figure 3-24). 2. Remove nut and washer assembly and filter element from air cleaner stud. Figure 3-24: Air Cleaner Filter Element Removal/Installation Inspec ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 159

3-22 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® Air Induction Hose Replacement Removal 1. Loosen induction hose clamps. 2. Remove hose from air horn and air cleaner (Figure 3-26). Figure 3-26: Air Induction Hose Attachment Installation 1. Install induction hose on air horn and air cleaner . 2. Tighten hose clamps to ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 160

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-23 ® 5745159 DRAINAGE BRACK ET REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e air cleaner assembly . 2. Remove three screws and drainage bracket from body (Figure 3-29). Figure 3-29: Drainage Bracket Location Installation 1. Position drainage bracket on body and install bracket scre ws (Fi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 161

3-24 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® MAIN FUEL T ANK Removal 1. Drain tank with recommended equipment. 2. Remove bolts attaching fuel filler housing to body. 3. Remove vapor canister shield and bracket. Then disconnect tank vent lines, and hoses at branch tee in fuel filler housing. 4. Remove clamps attac ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 162

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-25 ® 5745159 Fuel Lev el T ransmitter/Pump/V ents/ Access Plate Replacement The fuel level transmitter, vents, and access plate can all be serviced once the tank is out of the vehicle (Figure 3-34). If the fuel tank requires replacement, be sure to replace all nec- essary g ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 163

3-26 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® Main Fuel Tank Installation NOTE: If tank was replaced, or if transmitter, pump, fitting, or access plate was replaced, verify that components are properly seated and secured. Refer to Fuel Level Transmitter and Tank Access Plate Service procedure in this section. 1. P ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 164

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-27 ® 5745159 Figure 3-35: Auxiliary Fuel Tank Components TANK FUEL LEVEL GASKET JUMPER AUXILIARY SKID PLATE FRAME ACCESS PLATE O-RING (8) ROLLOVER ACCESS PLATE FUEL ACCESS PLATE TRANSMITTER STRAINER HARNESS FUEL TANK GASKET VALVE RETAINER MOUNTING BRACKETS ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 165

3-28 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® FUEL LEV EL T RANSMITTER AND T ANK ACCESS PLATE SER VICE Removal 1. Remov e screws, lockw ashers and fuel lev el transmitter from tank access plate (Figures 3-34 and 3-35). 2. Remove locknuts, washers, access plate and gasket from tank. 3. Remove access plate retainer ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 166

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-29 ® 5745159 Figure 3-37: Fuel Tank Vent Line Locations (Typical) Fuel T ank V ent Line Ser vice Removal 1. Remov e fuel tank. Refer to procedure in this section. 2. Remove clip and fuel tank vent line hose from vent line (Figure 3-37). 3. Remove vent line clamps and disena ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 167

3-30 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® FUEL SELECTOR V ALVE The selector valve is used on models equipped with an auxil- iary fuel tank (Figure 3-39). The valve is electrically operated by a switch in the passenger compartment. The switch will be mounted on the instrument panel. Valve function is to switch ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 168

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-31 ® 5745159 FUEL FILTER SER VICE Fuel Filter Replacement Removal 1. Loosen the hose clamps securing the CTIS compressor (if equipped) to its mounting bracket and slide the compres- sor forward to gain access to the fuel ﬁlter . 2. Disconnect fuel inlet and outlet hoses f ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 169

3-32 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® Fuel Filter Drain Hose and V alve Replace- ment NOTE: To remove fuel filter drain valve only, perform steps 3 and 4. Removal 1. Disconnect fuel ﬁlter drain hose from fuel ﬁlter (Figure 3-42). 2. Remove two tie straps and separate drain hose from transmission oil co ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 170

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-33 ® 5745159 FUEL LIFT PUMP SER VICE Fuel Lift Pump Replacement Removal 1. Disconnect fuel pump wiring harness (Figure 3-43). 2. Disconnect fuel pump hoses. 3. Loosen clamp and remove pump. 4. Remove adapters and O-rings from fuel pump. Discard O- rings. Figure 3-43: Fuel P ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 171

3-34 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® Diesel Injection Pump Fuel Hose or T ube Replacement Removal 1. Remov e supply hose. 2. Remove return hose from injection pump and tube (Figure 3-45). 3. Remove tube-to-injector hose. 4. Remove injector connecting hoses (Figure 3-46). 5. Remove nozzle cap from rear noz ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 172

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-35 ® 5745159 GLOW PLUG SERVICE Glow Plug Tip Remo v al (Damaged or Brok en) 1. Remov e fuel injector from necessary cylinder . 2. Using torsional damper bolt (Figure 3-47),rotate crankshaft to bring af fected piston to TDC position. 3. Using pliers, reach through injector n ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 173

3-36 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® DIESEL FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Diesel Injection Line Brack et And Clamp Removal 1. Remov e console and engine covers. 2. Remove air horn. 3. Remove bracket (Figure 3-50). 4. Remove bracket from valve cover studs. 5. Remove line clamps if necessary. Figure 3-50: Injection ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 174

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-37 ® 5745159 Fuel Injector Replacement Removal 1. If removing rear injector , remo ve console and engine cov er . Remo ve fuel return hose and cap from injector (Figure 3-52). 2. Disconnect fuel return hoses from necessary injector (Figure 3-53). 3. Remove clamp, and fuel i ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 175

3-38 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® Installation 1. Install clamps on injection lines (Figure 3-54). 2. Connect injection lines to pump (Figure 3-55). 3. Connect lines to injectors. Figure 3-55: Fuel Injection Pump Line Connection 4. Tighten injection line nuts to 20 lb-ft (27 N•m). 5. Install injectio ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 176

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-39 ® 5745159 Reprogramming TDC Offset TDC offset must be reprogrammed whenever the PCM, front cover, timing gears, timing chain, crankshaft position sensor, or other components affecting timing are replaced. The proce- dure for reprogramming TDC offset is as follows: 1. V e ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 177

3-40 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® ENG INE T EMPERATURE SENDER REPLACEMENT 1. Remov e nut, lockwasher , lead, and sender from engine (Figure 3-58). 2. Apply teflon sealant to sender threads, and install sender, lead, lockwasher, and nut on engine (Figure 3-58). Figure 3-58: Engine Temperature Sender GLO ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 178

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-41 ® 5745159 FUEL SYSTEM CONTAMINATION Organic Contamination Diesel fuel systems are susceptible to fungi and other micro-or- ganism infestation when water is present. These fungi can grow into long strings or large globules anywhere in the fuel system. Due to the amount of ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 179

3-42 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® MUFF LER REPLACEMENT 1. Remov e fasteners attaching muf ﬂ er and gasket to catalytic con verter (Figure 3-60). 2. Remove fasteners attaching muffler to tailpipe. 3. Remove fasteners attaching muffler to frame bracket and insulator. 4. Loosen tailpipe and transfer cas ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 180

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-43 ® 5745159 Figure 3-61: Exhaust System HEATSHIELD CATALYTIC CONVERTER GASKET INSULATOR MUFFLER TRANSFER CASE AND EXHAUST PIPE BRACKETS AND U-BOLT FRONT TAILPIPE BRACKET HEATSHIELD CROSSOVER PIPE CUSHIONED LOOP ASSEMBLY TAILPIPE BRACKET CUSHIONED LOOP ASSEMBLY CUSHIONED LO ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 181

3-44 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® CROSSO V ER PIPE REPLACEMENT 1. Remov e console and engine cover . 2. Remove passenger side exhaust manifold rear heat shield. 3. Loosen transfer case exhaust pipe bracket U-bolt (Figure 3-62). 4. Disconnect crossover pipe at manifolds and at catalytic converter. 5. Po ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 182

___________________________________________ Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust 3-45 ® 5745159 ESSENTIAL T OOLS Procure from Kent-Moore. T ool No. Description J–29075-AMG Fuel Injector Pressure T est T ool J–29872-A I njection Pump Adjusting T ool (used with ratchet handle) J–29873 Fuel Injector Socket (30mm) J–29698-A I njection Line (ﬂare nut ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 183

3-46 Fuel, Emissions, and Exhaust ___________________________________________ ® SPECIAL T OOLS Procure from Kent-Moore. T ool No. Description J–26925 Mag-T ac Engine T achometer J–26925 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 184

________________________________________________________________________________ 4-1 ® 05745159 Section 4 Cooling System T ABLE OF CONTENTS Engine Cooling System Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Diagnosis and Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Service . . . . ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 185

4-2 Cooling System ____________________________________________________________ ® Figure 4-2: Cooling System Routing When the thermostat detects the coolant is hot, the thermostat opens allowing coolant to be pumped to the radiator where it is routed through a series of fins and tubes. A fan draws in out- side air to help dissipate the heat before ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 186

___________________________________________________________ Cooling System 4-3 ® 05745159 quicker. At high temperatures, fluid viscosity decreases and more fluid circulates through the cooler maintaining an even operating temperature and a constant pressure in the cooler (see Section 1 for service procedures). A separate smaller oil cooler, mounte ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 187

4-4 Cooling System ____________________________________________________________ ® RADIATOR AND FAN SHR OUD ASSEMBLY SER VICE Removal 1. Remov e hood (Section 10). 2. Drain cooling system. 3. Remove oil cooler (Section 1). 4. Disconnect upper hose from radiator (Figure 4-4). 5. If equipped with air conditioner, discharge system and remove condenser ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 188

___________________________________________________________ Cooling System 4-5 ® 05745159 5. Attach lower mount and radiator to frame bracket with washers, and locknut. Do not tighten (Figure 4-5). 6. Align fan shroud by sliding the radiator/shroud assembly to maintain 1 1/2 ± 1/8 in. (38.1 ± 3 mm) from edge of shroud ring and rear edge of fan. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 189

4-6 Cooling System ____________________________________________________________ ® ENG INE COOLING SYSTEM SER VICE Depressurizing/Draining W ARNING: T o av oid injury , do not remov e surge tank ﬁller cap before depressurizing cooling system when engine temperature is abov e 190°F (88°C). 1. If engine is hot, place a thick cloth ov er surge tan ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 190

___________________________________________________________ Cooling System 4-7 ® 05745159 SHROUD SHIELD ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e radiator and fan shroud. 2. Remove screws and shroud shield assembly from airlift bracket (Figure 4-9). Figure 4-9: Shroud Shield Assembly Replacement Installation 1. Secure shroud shield assembly to airli ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 191

4-8 Cooling System ____________________________________________________________ ® 3. Connect surge tank-to-lower radiator hose to surge tank. 4. Connect radiator vent hose to surge tank. 5. Connect overflow hose to surge tank. 6. Fill and purge cooling system. Figure 4-12: Surge Tank Replacement SURGE T ANK-T O-RADIATOR V ENT HOSE REPLACEMENT Remo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 192

___________________________________________________________ Cooling System 4-9 ® 05745159 UPPER RADIATOR HOSE REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Drain cooling system as necessary . 2. Depressurize cooling system. 3. Loosen clamps and remove hose from thermostat housing and radiator (Figure 4-15). Installation 1. Secure upper radiator hose to thermostat housin ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 193

4-10 Cooling System __________________________________________________________ ® RADIATOR LOW ER T UBE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Drain cooling system. 2. Remov e drain valv e from lower tube assembly (Figure 4-17). 3. Disconnect radiator lower tube assembly from frame bracket. 4. Loosen clamp and disconnect water pump inlet hose from lower t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 194

_________________________________________________________ Cooling System 4-11 ® 05745159 W ATER PUMP INLET HOSE REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Drain cooling system. 2. Loosen clamps and remove water pump inlet hose from water pump and lower tube assembly (Figure 4-18). Installation 1. Connect water pump inlet hose to lo wer tube assembly and water pump an ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 195

4-12 Cooling System __________________________________________________________ ® SURGE T ANK-T O-LO W ER RADIATOR T UBE HOSE REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Drain cooling system. 2. Loosen clamps and remove hose from surge tank and lower tube assembly (Figure 4-20). Installation 1. Install hose on lo wer tube assembly and surge tank and tighten clamps (Fig ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 196

_________________________________________________________ Cooling System 4-13 ® 05745159 THERMOSTAT REPLACEMENT 1. Drain engine coolant belo w lev el of water crossov er . 2. Remove bolts attaching thermostat cover to crossover housing. 3. Remove thermostat cover and gasket (Figure 4-22). 4. Remove both thermostats (Figure 4-23). 5. Position new t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 197

4-14 Cooling System __________________________________________________________ ® Installation 1. If ne w pump is being installed, transfer hose adapter ﬁt- tings to ne w pump. Apply Loctite PST to ﬁtting threads beforehand. 2. Apply coat of Permatex no. 2, Ultra Black, or Ultra Copper to each side of water pump gasket. Then position gasket on ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 198

_________________________________________________________ Cooling System 4-15 ® 05745159 Figure 4-28: Backing Plate Sealer Application W ATER CR OSSO VER SERVICE Removal 1. Drain engine coolant to belo w lev el of crossover . 2. Disconnect heater, surge tank, and radiator hoses at crossover. 3. Disconnect coolant temperature sensor wires (Figure 4 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 199

4-16 Cooling System __________________________________________________________ ® SERPENTINE BELT REPLACEMENT 1. Insert square lug of half-inch dri ve breaker bar in belt ten- sioner . Then mov e tensioner counterclockwise to loosen belt (Figure 4-32). 2. Remove belt from pulleys (Figure 4-33). 3. Position half-inch drive breaker bar in belt tensio ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 200

________________________________________________________________________________ 5-1 ® 05745159 Section 5 T ransmission/T ransfer Case T ABLE OF CONTENTS Bulkhead, 76 Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Converter Housing Lower Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 201

5-2 Transmission/Transfer Case ______________________________________________ ® Figure 5-1: Transmission Drive and Apply Elements T RANSMISSION GEAR RANGES The 4L80-E gear ranges consist of: Park, Reverse, Neutral, Overdrive D range, manual D range, manual 2 range and Man- ual 1 range. In Park (P) range, none of the clutches and bands are applied. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 202

_____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-3 ® 05745159 T RANSMISSION IDENTIFICATION An I.D. plate is attached to the passenger side of each Hydra- matic Transmission (Figure 5-2). The plate contains the model, Hydra-matic type, model year, calendar year, and Julian calen- dar date. The I.D. plate information is req ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 203

5-4 Transmission/Transfer Case ______________________________________________ ® Figure 5-3: Transmission Shift Control Components T RANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE MANUAL V ALV E P OSITION SWITCH The pressure switch assembly is mounted on the valve body. It contains five pressure switches in circuit with the PCM (Figure 5-4). The switches are used to s ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 204

_____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-5 ® 05745159 Figure 5-5: Pressure Switch Actuation Figure 5-6: Hydraulic/Electrical Circuitry for Pressure Switch Assembly (Third Gear Shown) CONTA CT BOD Y FLUID O-RING DIAPHRA GM GROUND CONTA CT ELEMENT SWITCH CONTA CT CONTA CT CONTA CT ELEMENT SWITCH CONTA CT GROUND DIAP ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 205

5-6 Transmission/Transfer Case ______________________________________________ ® AUTOMATIC T RANSMISSION INPUT (SHAFT) SPEED SENSOR AND OUTPUT (SHAFT) SPEED SENSOR (V EHICLE SPEED SENSOR) The input and vehicle speed sensors are variable reluctance, magnetic pickup units (Figure 5-7). They consist of a perma- nent magnet surrounded by a wire coil. T ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 206

_____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-7 ® 05745159 SHIFT SOLENOIDS Two solenoids are used to control upshifts and downshifts in the forward gear ranges. Solenoid A controls the 1-2 shift valve while Solenoid B controls the 2-3 shift valve. Both sole- noids are mounted on the valve body and operated by the PCM. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 207

5-8 Transmission/Transfer Case ______________________________________________ ® T OR QUE CON VERTER CLUTCH PULSE WIDTH MODULATED SOLENOID The torque converter clutch (TCC) solenoid is located on the transmission valve body and is energized by the PCM. The TCC solenoid acts on the TCC apply valve to control torque converter clutch application. The ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 208

_____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-9 ® 05745159 Figure 5-13: Pressure Control Solenoid Boost Schematics ENG INE SENSOR INPUTS The electronic accelerator pedal, coolant temperature sensor, A/C switch, brake switch, and crankshaft position sensor, all affect transmission operation. The electronic accelerator p ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 209

5-10 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Figure 5-14: Torque Converter Components STATOR HUB TURBINE SHAFT ROLLER CLUTCH STATOR SHAFT (PART OF OIL PUMP COVER) CONVERTER PUMP TURBINE CONVERTER COVER/ IMPELLER CLUTCH PRESSURE PLATE AND DAMPER ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 210

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-11 ® 05745159 T RANSMISSION SER VICEABILITY The Hydra-matic transmission used in Hummer vehicles is ser- viced at two levels. Only external parts are serviced during the warranty period. A transmission internal component failure will require transmission replacement. Service ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 211

5-12 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Road T est 1. If engine and transmission hav e cooled down, dri v e vehi- cle 10-12 miles to return to normal operating temperature. NOTE: The engine coolant and transmission fluid tempera- tures must be at normal operating levels for a proper road test. The engine and ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 212

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-13 ® 05745159 Functional Test Procedure Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Perform the T ransmission Fluid Checking Proce- dure. Fill the reservoir to the suggested le vel. Is the ﬂuid lev el correct? Go to step 2 2 Check for PCM trouble codes, both current and history . Are ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 213

5-14 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Figure 5-15: Transmission Elements In Use Chart Clutch Application Chart GEAR 1-2 SHIFT SOLE- NOID A 2-3 SHIFT SOLE- NOID B FOURTH CLUTCH O VER- RUN CLUTCH O VER- DRIVE ROLLER CLUTCH FOR- W ARD CLUTCH DIRECT BAND FRONT BAND INTER- MEDIA TE SPRA G CLUTCH INTER- MEDIA TE ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 214

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-15 ® 05745159 Line Pressure T est 1. Check and adjust ﬂuid le vel if necessary . 2. Raise vehicle on hoist 3. Connect pressure gauge to transmission test port (Figure 5-16). Gauge must have 325-350 psi (2240-2413 kPa) capacity. 4. Start engine and check pressures in Park, ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 215

5-16 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Fluid Lev el and Condition Transmission fluid level and condition are important to proper operation. An incorrect fluid level can lead to shift problems, fluid breakdown, and accelerated wear. Check fluid level and condition during the preliminary inspec- tion procedur ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 216

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-17 ® 05745159 Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Check the ﬂuid color . Is the ﬂuid color red? Go to step 2 Go to step 11 2 Is the ﬂuid le vel satisfactory? Go to step 21 Go to step 3 3 Check the ﬂuid. Is the ﬂuid foamy? Go to ste ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 217

5-18 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® SCAN T OOL DIAGNOSIS NOTE: The Tech 1 Scan Tool (Figure 5-20) checks function of the solenoids, sensors, and PCM. The scan tool connector is attached to the vehicle data link connector (Figure 5-21).The vehicle requires use of a VIM (Vehicle Interface Mod ule), part nu ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 218

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-19 ® 05745159 Trouble Code Identification DTC Description DTC T ype Default Action P0218 T ransmission Fluid Overtemperature D 1. The PCM freezes shift adapts. 2. DTC P0218 is stored in PCM history . P0560 Sysem V oltage Malfunction D 1. The PCM inhibits TCC engagement. 2. T ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 219

5-20 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® P0741 T o rque Con verter Clutch System Stuck Of f B 1. The PCM illuminates the MIL. 2. The PCM inhibits TCC engagement. 3. The PCM inhibits fourth gear engagement. 4. The PCM commands increased line pressure. 5. DTC P0741 is stored in PCM history . P0742 T o rque Con ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 220

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-21 ® 05745159 P1860 T o rque Con verter Clutch Pulse W idth Modulation Solenoid Circuit Electri- cal A 1 . The PCM illuminates teh MIL. 2. The PCM inhibits TCC engagement. 3. The PCM inhibits fourth gear engagement. 4. The PCM freezes shift adapts. 5. DTC P1860 is stored in ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 221

5-22 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Transmission Wiring Diagrams Figure 5-22: Transmission Wiring Diagram 1 of 6 FUSE 2D 20 AMP INTERIOR STS LAMP MIL LAMP FUSE 3A 20 AMP EXTERIOR HOT A T ALL TIMES HOT IN RUN AND ST ART HOT IN RUN AND ST ART FUSE 4B 5 AMP INTERIOR G2 G4 FUSE 1H 5 AMP INTERIOR DLC POWERTRA ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 222

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-23 ® 05745159 Figure 5-23: Transmission Wiring Diagrams 2 of 6 FUSE 2D 20 AMP INTERIOR FUSE 3A 20 AMP EXTERIOR FUSE 4D 15 AMP INTERIOR FUSE 6B 5 AMP INTERIOR 10 OR 291 PK AD BRAKE LAMP TCC/ CRUISE BC 31 40 C1- TO BRAKE LAMP C28-C13 C28-D13 C28-C12 C28-C1 1 C29-B10 C29-B9 TCC ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 223

5-24 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Figure 5-24: Transmission Wiring Diagrams 3 of 6 FUSE 5C 10AMP INTERIOR FUSE 3A 10 AMP EXTERIOR ON/ OFF SET COAST RESUME ACCEL HOT IN RUN AND ST ART HOT IN RUN AND ST ART A 29 42 37 C1 C29-A1 1 C29-B1 1 C27-D10 C28-D14 C28-C2 C27-D12 C27-D3 C27-D4 C27-D6 C29-B2 C29-B1 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 224

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-25 ® 05745159 Figure 5-25: Transmission Wiring Diagrams 4 of 6 FUSE 2A 10A EXTERIOR C33-F 351 PK C34 DC SB A M L C32-G C32-F C32-E C32-D C32-C C32-J C32-H C34-E C27-C15 C27-C7 C28-C5 C28-C6 C28-C4 C29-B12 C27-C9 265 LB 264 RD 924 TN 315 YL 237 LG 359 BK 923 BR PRESSURE CONTR ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 225

5-26 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Figure 5-26: Transmission Wiring Diagrams 5 of 6 FUSE 3A 20A EXTERIOR HOT IN RUN AND ST ART TWISTED P AIR A/T OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL (VSS) BUFFERED VSS SIGNAL POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) AB AB 12 7 C33 676 PP 679 LG VEHICLE SPEED SENS ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 226

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-27 ® 05745159 Figure 5-27: Transmission Wiring Diagrams 6 of 6 Automatic T ransmission Fluid Pressure Manual V alve Position Switch (TFP) T rans Range C Input T rans Range B Input T rans Range A Input C34 P R N D E C Rev Switch Lo Switch D2 Switch D3 Switch D4 Switch C32-S C ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 227

5-28 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Connector Legend 76 W AY BULKHEAD LOC A TION: LEFT SIDE FIREW ALL PIN CKT COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 400 LG Ignition Feed + 2 739 PP Left heated windshield po wer + 3 740 YL Right heated windshield po wer + 44 3 D B T railer Brake acti v ation 5 962 BR T railer lights ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 228

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-29 ® 05745159 12 37 RD Ignition relay feed 13 688 RD Rear windo w defrost feed 14 723 YL APP 3 5volt reference 15 724 DG APP 3 signal 16 17 PP + From dimmer module 17 718 DB APP 1 signal 18 353 YL Speedometer signal 19 607 TN ABS module diagnostic line 20 717 WH APP 1 5-volt ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 229

5-30 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® 45 327 YL W ater -in-fuel lamp acti vation 46 80 WH Underhood lamp po wer 47 3 LB Left front turn signal 48 914 PP PCM class 2 communication line to DLC 49 644 YL T achometer signal 50 210 DG Lo w washer ﬂuid le vel lamp acti v ation 51 195 YL Headlight switch feed 5 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 230

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-31 ® 05745159 56 W AY INSTRUMENT PANEL LOC A TION: BEHIND INSTRUMENT P ANEL PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A1 195 YL Headlight switch feed A2 54 DG Dome lamp switch feed A3 53 DB Dome lamps feed A4 67 BR Rear wiper relay acti vation (not used 99) B1 38 RD Headlamp switch feed B2 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 231

5-32 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® D2 2 L G Right turn indicator lamp acti v ation D3 961 PP TT4 indicator lamp acti vation E1 42 BR Brak e indicator lamp acti vation E2 603 RD ABS indicator lamp acti v ation E3 793 YL Lo w washer ﬂuid acti v ation E4 943 TN Rear W iper feed (not used 99) F1 12 OR Hig ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 232

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-33 ® 05745159 N7 30 GY Ignition feed to guages N8 941 TN W indshield wiper washer pump acti v ation N9 945 BR Intermittent wiper relay acti vation P6 55 OR Rear cargo lamp acti v ation P7 29 PK Fuel guage signal P8 39 DG Engine temperature guage signal P9 353 YL Speedometer ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 233

5-34 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® 8 W AY STATUS CENTER -LH LOCATION: INSTR UMENT P ANEL PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 12 OR Headlamp high beam B 3 LB Left turn lamp C 658 BR Check engine lamp D 327 YL Drain ﬁlter lamp E 603 RD ABS lamp F 450 PK Seat belt lamp G 46 WH CTIS pump lamp H 714 DB Check throt ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 234

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-35 ® 05745159 32W AY PCM-BRO WN LOCATION: CENTER CONSOLE, PCM PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION C1 651 PP Crankshaft position sensor ground – C2 439 YL A/C request+ C3 C4 357 TN Intake air temp sensor signal C5 721 LB APP sensor (2) signal C6 466 YL Glow plug enable + C7 264 RD Pr ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 235

5-36 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® D9 156 PK Optical sensor ground – D10 153 LG Cruise control resume/accelerate D11 496 GY Transmission input speed signal (hi) D12 717 WH APP (1) 5 v olt ref. D13 350 GY Boost sensor/crankshaft position sensor 5 volt ref. D14 375 GY Optical sensor 5 volt reference D15 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 236

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-37 ® 05745159 32 W AY PCM-BLUE LOCATION: CENTER CONSOLE, PCM PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION C1 C2 720 TN APP (2) 5 v olt ref. C3 712 LG Fuel inject signal C4 237 LG 1-2 shift solenoid control C5 924 TN T orque con v erter clutch soleniod control C6 315 YL 2-3 shift solenoid contr ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 237

5-38 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® D9 D10 D11 714 RD Check throttle lamp control D12 D13 537 OR Battery D14 154 TN W aste gate solenoid control D15 D16 PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 238

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-39 ® 05745159 24 W AY PCM-BRO WN LOCATION: CENTER CONSOLE, PCM PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A1 491 BK Closure ground A2 703 OR High resolution sensor signal A3 565 BR Transmission output speed sensor/VSS A4 442 BR Cam sensor signal A5 349 YL Crankshaft position sensor signal A6 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 239

5-40 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® 10 W AY TRANSMISSION-GREY LOCATION: A BEAM, LEFT NEAR LIFT PUMP PIN CKT COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION A 495 DB T ransmission Input Speed Sensor lo w B 496 GY T ransmission Input Speed Sensor high C 237 LG 1-2 shift solenoid control D 315 YL 2-3 shift solenoid control E 924 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 240

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-41 ® 05745159 10 W AY TRANSMISSION-BLACK LOCATION: A BEAM, LEFT NEAR LIFT PUMP PIN CKT COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION A 676 PP V ehicle Speed Sensor high B 679 LG V ehicle Speed Sensor lo w C D E 210 DG T ransfer case lock switch light activ ation F 351 PK T ransmission ignition ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 241

5-42 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® 20 W AY TRANSMISSION PASSTHROUGH LOCATION: TR ANSMISSION, LEFT PIN CKT COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION A 237 LG 1-2 Shift Solenoid acti vation B 315 YL 2-3 Shift Solenoid acti vation C 264 RD Pressure Control Solenoid high D 265 LB Pressure Control Solenoid lo w E 351 PK T r ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 242

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-43 ® 05745159 NOTE: Some corrections indicated in the table below may not be allowed on vehicles covered under the provisions of the war- ranty policy. The proper correction may be transmission replacement. Contact the AMG warranty department for direction in such cases. TRA ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 243

5-44 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® V ehicle Creeps In Neutral 1. Manual v alve mispositioned or stuck. 1. Remove v alv e body and repair as needed. 2. Forw ard clutch fault. 2. Replace transmission. V ehicle Mov es In Park 1. Manual linkage loose, damaged, misadjusted, disconnected. 1. Repair or adjust ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 244

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-45 ® 05745159 6. Overdri ve roller clutch f ailure. 6. Replace transmission. 7. V alv e body fault: • manual valve stuck, damaged • Pressure switch failure 7. Remov e and free-up binding valv es. Replace switch assembly if failed. Replace trans- mission if v alve body bo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 245

5-46 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® 3. Intermediate clutch air bleed cup plug leaking or missing. 3. Replace transmission. 4. Overrun clutch f ault. 4. Replace transmission. 5. Forw ard clutch fault. 5. Replace transmission. 6. Intermediate clutch fault. 6. Replace transmission. 7. Shift solenoid fault. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 246

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-47 ® 05745159 No T orque (Dri ve) In Sec- ond 1. W orn or damaged intermediate sprag clutch. 1. Replace transmission. No Overrun Braking In: 1. Rear band or servo f ault. 1. Replace transmission. 2. Main or output shaft damage. 2. Replace transmission. First (1) 3. Lo roller ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 247

5-48 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Con v erter Clutch Apply T iming Incor - rect 1. Incorrect sensor input signal to PCM caused by inoperati ve sensor . 1. T est operation of all sensors with scan tool. Replace failed sensors as needed. 2. PCM problem. 2. T est with scan tool. Repair wires or module as ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 248

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-49 ® 05745159 DTC P0218 T ransmission Fluid Over temperature Circuit Description The flow of transmission fluid starts in the transmission pan. It is then drawn through the filter and transmission case into the oil pump assembly. The oil pump assembly pressurizes the fluid, ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 249

5-50 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® . DTC P0218 Transmission Fluid Overtemperature Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 W as the Powertrain On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check performed? Go to step 2 Go to Power - train OBD Sys- tem Check 2 Install the scan tool. WIth the engine of f, turn the ignition swi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 250

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-51 ® 05745159 DTC P0560 System V oltage Fault Circuit Description Circuit 239 is the voltage feed for the PCM. Circuit 537 is the battery feed for the PCM. This DTC detects a low voltage, a high voltage for a long time, or a high voltage for a short time. This is a type “D ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 251

5-52 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® DTC P0560 System Voltage Fault Step Action V alue Y es No 1 1. Connect scan tool. 2. T urn the ignition switch to “on” position. Important : Before clearing DTC(s), use the scan tool to record “Failure Records” for reference, as data will be lost when the “Cl ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 252

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-53 ® 05745159 DTC P0711 T ransmission Fluid T emperature Sensor Circuit Range/P erformance Circuit Description The Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor is a thermistor (temperature sensitive resistor). The TFT Sen- sor is part of the 4L80-E Automatic Transmi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 253

5-54 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Conditions For Setting The DTC • No DTCs P1117 or P1118. • No OSS sensor DTC P0502. • No A/T ISS sensor. DTC P0716 or P0717. • No A/T Component Slipping DTC P1870. • The system voltage is 10.0 - 16.0 volts. • The engine is running greater than 475 rpm for a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 254

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-55 ® 05745159 DTC P0711 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Step Action V alue Y es N o 1 W as the Powertrain ON-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check performed? — Go to Step 2 Go to Po wertrain OBD System Check 2 Perform the A/T Fluid Checking Pr ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 255

5-56 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® 9 In order to verify your repair , perform the follo wing proce- dure: 1. Select DTC. 2. Select Clear Info. 3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions: • The TFT changes by more than 3° C (5° F) after the engine has been running for 35 seconds. • For a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 256

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-57 ® 05745159 DTC P0712 T ransmission Fluid T emperature (TFT) Sensor Circuit - Lo w Input (High T emperature Indicated) Circuit Description The transmission fluid temperature (TFT) sensor is a ther- mister that controls signal voltage to the PCM. The PCM sup- plies a 5-volt ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 257

5-58 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Diagnostic Aids • With a transmission fluid overtemperature DTC P1812 also set, check the transmission cooling system. • Check harness routing for a potential short to ground in circuit. Scan tool TFT display should rise steadily to about 100° C (212° F), then st ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 258

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-59 ® 05745159 DTC P0712 Fluid Temperature Circuit Low/High Step Action V alue Y es No 1 Perform transmission ﬂuid checking procedure. W as the ﬂuid checking Procedure performed? — Go to Step 2— 2 1. Install the scan tool. 2. T urn the ignition switch to “on” posi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 259

5-60 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® DTC P0713 T ransmission Fluid T emperature (TFT) Sensor Circuit - High Input (Lo w T em- perature Indicated) Circuit Description The transmission fluid temperature (TFT) sensor is a ther- mister that controls signal voltage to the PCM which supplies a 5-volt reference ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 260

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-61 ® 05745159 Diagnostic Aids • Check harness for a faulty connection or an open in cir- cuit. • Inspect wiring for poor electrical connections at the PCM and at the transmission 20-way connector. Look for possible bent, backed out, deformed or damaged ter- minals. Check ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 261

5-62 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® DTC P0713 Fluid Temperature Low Step Action V alue Y e s No 1 Perform the transmission ﬂuid checking procedure. W as the ﬂuid checking Procedure performed? — Go to Step 2 — 2 1. Install the scan tool. 2. W ith the engine “of f, ” turn the ignition switch ? ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 262

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-63 ® 05745159 11 Replace PCM. Is the replacement complete? __ Go to Step 12 __ 12 1. After the repair is complete, use the scan tool to select “DTC, ” then “Clear Info” function. 2. Select “Speciﬁc DTC” and enter DTC “P0713. ” 3. Ensure the follo wing condi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 263

5-64 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® DTC P0716 Input Speed Sensor Circuit - Range/Perf ormance Circuit Description The Transmission input speed sensor consists of a permanent magnet surrounded by a coil of wire. Current is induced in the sensor by the forward clutch housing lugs which pass through the sen ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 264

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-65 ® 05745159 DTC P0716 Input Speed Sensor Range/Performance Step Action V alue Y e s No 1 1. Connect scan tool. NOTE: Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool to record “Freeze Frame” and “Failure Records” for reference, as data will be lost when the “C ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 265

5-66 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® DTC P0717 Input Speed Sensor Circuit - No Signal Circuit Description The transmission input speed sensor consists of a permanent magnet surrounded by a coil of wire. An AC voltage is induced in the sensor by lugs on the rotating forward clutch. Signal voltage and frequ ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 266

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-67 ® 05745159 DTC P0719 Brak e Switch Circuit - Lo w Input, Stuck “ON” Circuit Description The brake switch indicates brake pedal position. The normally- closed brake switch supplies a B+ signal on circuit 810 to the PCM. The signal voltage circuit is opened when the bra ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 267

5-68 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Diagnostic Aids • Inspect the wiring for poor electrical connections at the PCM and brake switch. Look for damaged terminals, check for weak terminal tension, inspect for broken wire. • When diagnosing for a possible intermittent short or open condition, move or ma ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 268

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-69 ® 05745159 DTC P0722 Output Speed Sensor Low Input Circuit Description The speed sensor circuit consists of a magnetic induction type sensor, which is the Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor, a Vehi- cle Speed Sensor (VSS) Buffer Module, and wiring. Gear teeth pressed onto th ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 269

5-70 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Conditions for Clearing the DTC 1. The PCM turns OFF the MIL after three consecuti ve igni- tion cycles without a f ailure reported. 2. A scan tool can clear the DTC from the PCM history. The PCM clears the DTC from the PCM history if the vehicle completes 40 warm-up c ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 270

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-71 ® 05745159 3 1. T urn the ignition OFF . 2. Disconnect the OSS Sensor connector from the OSS Sensor . 3. Connect a J– 39200 D V OM on AC V oltage scale between terminals A and B at the OSS Sensor . 4. Start the engine, and place the transmission in D3 range. 5. Slo wly ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 271

5-72 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® 11 W ith the connector of f of the VSS Buf fer Module and the ke y to the ON position, measure the voltage between terminal 13 of the VSS Buf fer Harness Connector and a good ground. Is the voltage within the speciﬁed v alue? 4.8-5.2 volts DC Go to Step 15 Go to Step ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 272

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-73 ® 05745159 DTC P0723 Output Speed Sensor Intermittent Circuit Description The speed sensor circuit consists of a magnetic induction type sensor, which is the Output Shaft Speed (OSS) Sensor, a Vehi- cle Speed Sensor (VSS) Buffer Module, and wiring. Gear teeth pressed onto ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 273

5-74 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Conditions for Clearing the DTC 1. The PCM tuns OFF the MIL after three consecuti ve igni- tion cycles without a f ailure reported. 2. A scan tool can clear the DTC from the PCM history. The PCM clears the DTC from the PCM history if the vehicle completes 40 warm-up cy ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 274

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-75 ® 05745159 3 1. T urn the ignition OFF . 2. Disconnect the OSS Sensor connector from the OSS Sensor . 3. Connect a J– 39200 D V OM (covered in Electrical Section 12) on A C V o ltage scale between terminals A and B at the OSS Sensor . 4. T urn the ignition to the R UN p ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 275

5-76 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® 11 1. W ith the engine OFF , turn the ignition to the R UN position. 2. Using the J– 39200 D V OM, measure the v oltage at the VSS Buf fer Harness connector terminal 13. Is the voltage steady and within the speciﬁed v oltage? 4.8-5.2 volts DC Go to Step 13 Go to St ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 276

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-77 ® 05745159 21 In order to verify your repair , perform the fol- lo wing procedure: 1. Select DTC. 2. Select Clear Info. 3. Operate the vehicle under the follo wing conditions: • Drive the vehicle in D3. • The PCM must see a Transmission OSS greater than 200 RPM and no ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 277

5-78 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® DTC P0724 Brak e Switch Circuit High Input Circuit Description The brake switch indicates brake pedal position. The normally- closed brake switch supplies a B+ signal on circuit 810 to the PCM. The signal voltage circuit is opened when the brakes are applied. The PCM u ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 278

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-79 ® 05745159 DTC P0724 Brake Switch Circuit High Input Step Action V alue Y e s No 1 1. Install scan tool. 2. T urn ignition switch “on. ” NOTE: Important: Before clearing DTC(s), use the scan tool to record “Failure Records” for reference, as data will be lost when ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 279

5-80 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® DTC P0730 Incorrect Gear Ratio Circuit Description The Powertrain Control Module (PCM) calculates a ratio based on the Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor (A/T ISS) and Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) readings. The PCM compares the known transmission gear ratio ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 280

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-81 ® 05745159 DTC P0730 Incorrect Gear Ratio Step Action V alue Y e s No 1 W as the Powertrain On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Sys- tem Check performed? – Go to Step 2 Go to P ower- train OBD System Check 2 Perform the T ransmission Fluid Checking Procedure. Refer to T ransmissi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 281

5-82 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® 8 Is the system line pressure lo w only in the speciﬁc gear which indicated an incorrect gear ratio? – Go to Step 9 Go to System Diagnosis T able; Low Line Pressure 9 Inspect for ﬂuid pressure loss in the following areas: • 1-2 SS Valve seal • 2-3 SS Valve se ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 282

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-83 ® 05745159 DTC P0741 T or que Con verter Clutch Solenoid Stuck OFF FUSE 2A 10A EXTERIOR C33-F 351 PK C34 DC SB A M L C32-G C32-F C32-E C32-D C32-C C32-J C32-H C34-E C27-C15 C27-C7 C28-C5 C28-C6 C28-C4 C29-B12 C27-C9 265 LB 264 RD 924 TN 315 YL 237 LG 359 BK 923 BR PRESSUR ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 283

5-84 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Circuit Description The PCM energizes the converter clutch solenoid by creating a ground path on CKT 924. When grounded (energized) by the PCM, enable solenoid stops converter signal oil from exhaust- ing. This causes converter signal oil pressure to increase and shift ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 284

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-85 ® 05745159 DTC P0742 T or que Con verter Clutch Stuck On FUSE 2A 10A EXTERIOR C33-F 351 PK C34 DC SB A M L C32-G C32-F C32-E C32-D C32-C C32-J C32-H C34-E C27-C15 C27-C7 C28-C5 C28-C6 C28-C4 C29-B12 C27-C9 265 LB 264 RD 924 TN 315 YL 237 LG 359 BK 923 BR PRESSURE CONTROL ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 285

5-86 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Circuit Description The PCM energizes the converter clutch solenoid by creating a ground path on circuit 924. When grounded (energized) by the PCM, the solenoid stops converter signal oil from exhausting. This causes converter signal oil pressure to increase and move t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 286

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-87 ® 05745159 DTC P0742 Torque Converter Clutch Stuck On Step Action V alue Y e s No 1 1. Connect scan tool. 2. T urn the ignition switch to on. 3. Record the DTC “Freeze Frame” and Failure Records. ” 4. Using the scan tool, verify the “TP Sensor” opera- tion. Are ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 287

5-88 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® DTC P0748 Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) - Electrical Circuit Description The PCS is a PCM-controlled device used to regulate transmis- sion line pressure. The PCM compares electronic accelerator pedal voltage, engine rpm, and other inputs to determine line pressure a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 288

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-89 ® 05745159 Diagnostic Aids • Inspect the wiring for poor electrical connections at the PCM and at the transmission 20-way connector. Look for possible bent, backed out, deformed or damaged ter- minals. Check for weak terminal tension as well. Also check for a chafed wir ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 289

5-90 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® . DTC P0748 Pressure Control Solenoid - Electrical Step Action V alue Y e s No 1 1. Connect scan tool. 2. T urn the ignition switch to on. NOTE: Important: Before clearing DTC(s), use the scan tool to record “Failure Records” for reference, as data will be lost whe ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 290

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-91 ® 05745159 DTC P0751 1-2 Shift Solenoid V alv e P erf or mance Circuit Description The 1-2 shift solenoid is used to control fluid acting on the 1-2 and 3-4 shift valves. The solenoid is a normally open valve used with the 2-3 solenoid to allow four different shifting com ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 291

5-92 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Stuck Off: (after two occurrences) • Ist gear is commanded and the ratio is equal to 2nd gear for greater than 1.7 seconds. • 4th gear is commanded (with converter clutch locked) and ratio is equal to 3rd gear for greater than 3 seconds. Stuck On: (after five occur ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 292

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-93 ® 05745159 DTC P0753 1-2 Shift Solenoid V alve Electrical Circuit Description The 1-2 shift solenoid is used to control fluid acting on the 1-2 and 3-4 shift valves. The solenoid is a normally open valve used with the 2-3 solenoid to allow four different shifting combinat ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 293

5-94 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Diagnostic Aids • Inspect the wiring for poor electrical connections at the PCM and at the transmission 20-way connector. Look for possible bent, backed out, deformed or damaged ter- minals. Check for weak terminal tension as well. Also check for a chafed wire that c ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 294

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-95 ® 05745159 4 1. T urn the ignition “ off ” long enough to po wer do wn PCM. 2. Disconnect the transmission 20-way connector (additional DTCs will set). 3. Install the jumper harness 05743837 on the engine side of the 20-way connector . 4. W ith the engine of f, turn t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 295

5-96 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® 12 1. Disconnect the internal wiring harness from 1-2 shift solenoid. 2. Using multimeter measure the resistance from solenoid terminals to ground. Are readings greater than v alue indicated? 250K Ω Go to step 13. Go to step 14. 13 Inspect/repair the internal wiring ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 296

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-97 ® 05745159 DTC P0756 2-3 Shift Solenoid V alve P erformance Circuit Description The 2-3 shift solenoid controls fluid acting on the 2-3 shift valves. The solenoid is normally open and is used with the 1-2 shift solenoid to provide four different shift combinations. This D ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 297

5-98 Transmission/Transfer Case _____________________________________________ ® Stuck On: • Commanded Gear equals 1st and ratio equals 3rd for greater than 2 seconds (Actual gear equals 4th). • Commanded Gear equals 2nd and ratio equals 3rd for greater than 2 seconds. • Conditions occur for 4 occurrences. Stuck Off: • Commanded Gear equals ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 298

____________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-99 ® 05745159 DTC P0756 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Performance Step Action V alue Y es No 1 1. Connect scan tool. 2. T urn the ignition switch on. 3. Record “Freeze Frame” and “Failure Records. ” 4. Start engine, apply brake pedal and shift into D1, D2, D3, D4, N, R, a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 299

5-100 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® DTC P0758, 2-3 Shift Solenoid Electrical Circuit Description The 2-3 shift solenoid controls fluid acting on the 2-3 shift valves. The solenoid is a normally open valve. It is used with the 1-2 shift solenoid to provide four different shift combinations. The solenoid is ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 300

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-101 ® 05745159 Diagnostic Aids • Inspect the wiring for poor electrical connections at the PCM and at the transmission 20-way connector. Look for possible bent, backed out, deformed or damaged ter- minals. Check for weak terminal tension as well. Also check for a chafed wir ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 301

5-102 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® 4 1. T urn ignition “ Off ” . 2. Disconnect transmission 20-way connector (addi- tional DTCs will set). 3. Connect 05743837 Jumper Harness to engine har- ness connector . 4. Stop engine, then turn the ignition switch to the “ Run ” position. 5. Connect test ligh ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 302

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-103 ® 05745159 14 Replace the 2-3 shift solenoid v alve. Is replacement complete? — Go to step 15 — 15 Preform the follo wing procedure in order to verify the repair: 1. Select “ DTC ” on the scan tool. 2. Select “ Clear Info. ” . 3. Select the “ Parameters, 2-3 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 303

5-104 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® DTC P1810 Pressure Switch Assembly (PSA) Fault Circuit Description The PSA consists of five normally open pressure switches. The PCM supplies battery voltage to each range signal. By ground- ing one or more of these circuits through various combinations of the switches, ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 304

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-105 ® 05745159 Condition 3: • No DTCs P0121, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0221, P0222, P0223, P0225, P0226, P0227 or P0228. • No DTCs P0716 or P0717. • No DTCs P0722 or P0723. • No 1-2 shift solenoid DTCs P0751 or P0753. • No 3-4 shift solenoid DTCs P0756 or P0758. • Eng ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 305

5-106 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® DTC P1810 Pressure Switch Circuit Fault Step Action V alue Y e s No 1 Perform follo wing check: • Transmission linkage (from select lever to the manual valve) is properly adjusted. • Fluid check. W ere checks performed? — Go to Step 2 — 2 1. Connect scan tool. 2 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 306

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-107 ® 05745159 9 1. After the repair is complete, use the scan tool to select “DTC, ” then “Clear in fold function. 2. Select “Speciﬁc DTC” and enter DTC “P1810. ” 3. Operate the vehicle under the follo wing condi- tions: • Turn the ignition switch “on” ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 307

5-108 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® DTC P1811 Maximum Adapt and Long Shift Circuit Description The Powertrain Control Module (PCM) compares the mea- sured gear ratio to the known actual value. This allows the PCM to determine the actual gear range of the transmission. When an upshift is commanded, the PCM ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 308

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-109 ® 05745159 Conditions For Clearing DTC • The DTC can be cleared using the scan tool. The DTC will be cleared from history when the vehicle has achieved 40 warm-up cycles without reported failure. • PCM will cancel DTC default actions when the fault no longer exists an ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 309

5-110 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® DTC P1811 Maximum Adapt and Long Shift Step Action V alue Y es No 1 W as the Powertrain ON-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check performed? — Go to Step 2 Go to OBD Po wertrain System Check. 2 Hav e you performed the transmission ﬂuid checking procedure? — Go to Ste ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 310

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-111 ® 05745159 10 Did the 2-3 shift time exceed the speciﬁed v alue? 1.25 seconds Go to Step 13 Go to Step 11 11 Did the 1-2 shift time exceed the speciﬁed v alue? 1.25 seconds Go to Step 14 — 12 Inspect the follo wing 3-4 shift circuit components: • 4th Gear Clutch P ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 311

5-112 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® DTC P1860 T or que Con verter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Electrical Circuit Description The Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Sole- noid Valve (TCC PWM Sol. Valve) controls fluid acting on the converter clutch valve, which then controls TCC appl ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 312

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-113 ® 05745159 Conditions For Clearing DTC 1. The PCM turns OFF the MIL after three consecuti ve igni- tion cycles without a f ailure reported. 2. A scan tool can clear the DTC from the PCM history. The PCM clears the DTC from the PCM history if the vehicle completes 40 warm- ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 313

5-114 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® DTC P1860 Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Electrical Step Action V alue Y e s No 1 W as the Po wertrain On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Sys- tem Check performed? — Go to Step 2 Go to Po wer- train OBD System Check 2 1. Install the scan tool (T ech 1) ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 314

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-115 ® 05745159 9 Replace the PCM. Refer to PCM Replacement/Pr o- gramming , Section 6. Is the replacement complete? — Go to Step 17 — 10 1. Disconnect the internal wiring harness at the TCC PWM Sol. V alve. 2. Measure the resistance of the TCC PWM Sol. Va l v e . Is the r ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 315

5-116 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® DTC P1870 T ransmission Component Slipping Circuit Description The PCM monitors the difference in engine speed and trans- mission input speed. In D3 drive range with the converter clutch engaged, engine speed should closely match transmis- sion output speed. In D4 drive ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 316

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-117 ® 05745159 DTC P1870 Transmission Component Slip Step Action V alue Y e s No 1 W as the Po wertrain On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Sys- tem Check performed? — Go to Step 2 Go to Po wer- train OBD System Check 2 Perform the T ransmission Fluid Checking Procedure. Refer to Lin ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 317

5-118 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® 7 Repeat the procedure in step 5. Drive the v ehicle under the follo wing conditions: • The transmission is in D4. • The TCC is engaged. • The APP angle is 12-70%. Are the results the same as in step 5? 140-500 RPM Go to Step 9 Go to Step 11 8 Refer to 4L80-E Syst ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 318

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-119 ® 05745159 DTC P1871 Undeﬁned Gear Ratio Circuit Description The PCM calculates ratio based on transmission input and out- put speed sensor readings. The PCM compares known trans- mission ratio to calculated ratio, for gear range selected. This DTC detects an unknown ra ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 319

5-120 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® DTC P1871 Undefined Gear Ratio Step Action V alue Y e s No 1 Was the powertrain On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Sys- tem Check Performed? — Go T o step 2 Go to Po wer- train OBD system Check 2 Perform the transmission ﬂuid checking procedure. Refer to Fluid Le vel and Con ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 320

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-121 ® 05745159 9 In order to verify your repair , perform the following procedure: 1. Select DTC. 2. Select Clear Info. 3. Operate the vehicle under the follo wing condi- tions: • K ey ON, the engine is running. • Dri ve the vehicle in 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th gear . • The ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 321

5-122 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® DTC P1875 Four -Wheel Dr ive Lo w Switch Fault Circuit Description The 4WD low circuit consists of a 4WD indicator, switch, and wiring. When the operator moves the shift lever to 4 Low, the 4WD indicator lamp will illuminate and circuit 784 voltage to the PCM will chang ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 322

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-123 ® 05745159 Action Taken When The DTC Sets • Assume “Low” state when stuck “off' and “High” state when stuck ”on”. • Freeze shift adapts from being updated. • The PCM will illuminate the warning lamp. Conditions For Clearing DTC • The PCM will tu ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 323

5-124 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® DTC P1875 4WD Low Switch Fault Step Action V alue Y es No 1 1. Connect scan tool. NOTE: Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool to record “Freeze Frame” and Failure Records for reference, as data will be lost when the “Clear Info” function is used. 2 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 324

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-125 ® 05745159 Electrical/Garage Shift T est Perform this test before a road test in order to make sure that electronic control inputs are connected and operating. If you do not check the inputs before operating the transmission, you could misdiagnose a simple electrical cond ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 325

5-126 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis Replace the torque converter under any of the following condi- tions: • External leaks appear in the hub weld area. • The converter hub is scored or damaged. • The converter pilot is broken, damaged, or fits poorly into th ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 326

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-127 ® 05745159 TFP Valve Position Switch Resistance Check Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 1. Install the J 39775 Jumper harness on the transmission side of the 20 way transmission pass-through connector . 2. Using a D V OM and the J35616 Connector T est Adapter Kit, measure t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 327

5-128 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® 9 1. Place the gear selector in Lo w (D1). 2. Measure the resistance from terminal N to the transmission case. Is the resistance less than the v alue indicated? 200 Ω Go to step 10 Go to step 14 10 1. Place the gear selector in Lo w (D1). 2. Measure the resistance fro ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 328

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-129 ® 05745159 Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness Check Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 1. Install the J 39775 jumper on the transmis- sion 20 way connector . 2. Using a D V OM and a J 35616 T est Adapter Kit, measure the resistance between termi- nals A and E (1-2 Shift S ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 329

5-130 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® 9 Measure the resistance between terminals L and M (T ransmission Fluid T emperature Sensor) Is the resistance within the v alues indicated? 3333-3689 Ω @ 20° C (68°F) 24-31 Ω @ 100°C (212°F) Go to step 10 Go to step 12 10 Measure the resistance from terminals A ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 330

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-131 ® 05745159 T ransmission Cooler Flushing Procedure Equipment Needed • J–35944-A cooler flushing tool with included adapters and J–35944-22 or J–35944-CSE* flushing solution. • Measuring Cup • Funnel • Water Supply (hot water recommended) • Water Hose (at l ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 331

5-132 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® 4. Remove the discharge hose, reconnect the cooler feed and return pipes to the transmission and refill the unit to the proper level. Inspect the transmission oil cooler pipe connections at the radiator and transmission for leaks. Cleanup 1. Disconnect the water supply ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 332

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-133 ® 05745159 COOLER LINE AND BYPASS V ALVE SER VICE The transmission and transfer case oil cooler lines are replace- able parts. The lines consist of metal tubing interconnected by sections of rubber hose (Figure 5-31). Each of the tube or hose sections can be replaced sepa ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 333

5-134 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® V ENT LINE SER VICE The transmission, transfer case, front and rear hubs, and winch are all connected to a common vent line system (Figure 5-34). The main vent lines are plastic while lines from the hubs to the tee connections consist of rubber hoses. Brass tee fittings ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 334

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-135 ® 05745159 CON VERTER HOUSING UPPER CO VER REPLACEMENT 1. Remov e con verter housing upper co ver from transmission ﬂange (Figure 5-35). 2. Remove gasket from cover. 3. Clean gasket or sealer remains from transmission flange. Figure 5-35: Converter Housing Upper Cover M ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 335

5-136 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® V ALV E BODY SWITCH AND SOLENOID SER VICE The following electrical components can be replaced once the oil pan and/or valve body are removed from the transmission (Figure 5-37): • 1-2 and 2-3 shift solenoids • pressure switch • pressure control solenoid • conver ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 336

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-137 ® 05745159 Figure 5-39: Solenoid Identification Valve Body Installation 1. Install replacement solenoid or wiring harness as required. 2. Verify that valve body spacer plate and gasket are in position. Also be sure check-balls were not displaced. There should be eight che ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 337

5-138 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® Figure 5-41: Park Lock Components PARK PAWL STUD BRACKET BOLT (2) DETENT NUT ACTUATOR ROD DETENT SHAFT PIN DETENT SHAFT SEAL RETAINER RETURN SPRING CUP PLUG PAWL SHAFT ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 338

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-139 ® 05745159 T OR QUE CON VERTER/FLEXPLATE/ CON VERTER SEAL REPLACEMENT 1. Remov e transmission as described in this section. 2. Remove torque converter from transmission (Figure 5-42). 3. Remove oil seal from pump. Use standard hook tool to pull seal. Figure 5-42: Torque C ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 339

5-140 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® Figure 5-45: Shift Rod Attachment Figure 5-46: Transmission Shift Rod and Trunnion Figure 5-47: Vehicle Speed Sensor and Switch Harness Connections Figure 5-48: Range Indicator Connection Figure 5-49: Releasing Transmission Case Harness Connectors TRANSFER CASE SHIFT RO ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 340

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-141 ® 05745159 Figure 5-50: Speed Sensor Connections 10. Remove transmission harness from retaining clips. 11. Disconnect front propeller shaft and remove rear propeller shaft. 12. Remove exhaust crossover pipe and disconnect exhaust mounting at the transfer case. 13. Remove ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 341

5-142 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® Figure 5-53: Torque Converter-To-Flexplate Bolt Locations T RANSMISSION INSTALLATION CA UTION: If the transmission was replaced, or repaired to correct a problem that generated metal and clutch disc parti- cles, the transmission cooler and lines must be thoroughly flush ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 342

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-143 ® 05745159 SHIFT CONTROL ASSEMBLY REMO V AL NOTE: Wavy washers eliminate any potential transfer case shift linkage rattle (Figure 5-54). If a rattle is present on a vehi- cle not equipped with a wavy washer, install one as shown. Re- fer to parts manual for wavy washer pa ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 343

5-144 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® SHIFT CONTROL ASSEMBLY SER VICE NOTE: Shifter Boot Cover (procedure in this section) must be removed for access to Shifter Control Boot. The shift control housing and shift arms are not serviceable. The shift arm mechanisms can be lubricated to correct a bind condition ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 344

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-145 ® 05745159 PARK/NEUTRAL P OSITION OR BAC KUP LAMP SWITCH REPLACEMENT 1. Remov e driv er side inner kick panel. 2. Open shifter boot cover for access to shift control arms. 3. Disconnect shift rods at shift control arms. 4. Remove bolts attaching shift control housing to t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 345

5-146 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® SHIFTER BOOT CO VER REPLACEMENT A “shifter boot cover” protects the shifter boot and linkage. The shifter boot cover is made of a silicone coated fiberglass, heat resistant material. This material provides the additional benefits of reduced noise and heat intrusion ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 346

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-147 ® 05745159 Installation 1. W ork shifter boot cover lip into tunnel opening and align edges carefully to match opening. 2. Set shift control assembly into tunnel. Verify that fastener holes are positioned properly and shifter boot cover lip is not exposed. 3. Secure shift ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 347

5-148 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® SHIFT LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT 1. Mov e shift lev er to manual low (1) range. 2. Disconnect transmission shift rod from arm in shift control housing. 3. Verify that transmission shift lever (Figure 5-63) is in manual low (1) range. If not, disconnect lever trunnion and adjust ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 348

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-149 ® 05745159 T RANSFER CASE DESCRIPTION Hummer vehicles are equipped with the New Process Gear, model 242 transfer case. If you have questions about the trans- fer case that are not answered by this section, you can call the T ransfer Case Hotline at 1-800-945-4327 for more ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 349

5-150 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® T RANSFER CASE OIL COOLER The NP 242 used in Hummer vehicles is equipped with an in- ternal oil cooler (Figure 5-67). The cooler is mounted within the front case and secured by nuts and washers. O-rings are used to seal the cooler inlet/out- let tubes. The cooler is int ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 350

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-151 ® 05745159 OPERATING RANGES The three operating ranges are for specific use on or off road. Usage recommendations are: High Lock (HL) High lock range is for use on low traction surfaces. It is an un- differentiated range and should only be employed on unpaved, or low trac ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 351

5-152 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® TRANSFER CASE DIAGNOSIS PR OBLEM PO TENTIAL CA USE CORRECTION T ransfer Case Hard to Shift or W ill Not Shift Into Desired Range 1. V ehicle speed too great to permit shifting. 2. V ehicle dri v en for extended period on pa ved road surface in high lock (HL) range. Inte ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 352

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-153 ® 05745159 T RANSFER CASE SHIFT ROD SER VICE Removal 1. Unfasten snaps and pull v elcro strips apart to open shifter boot cov er . 2. Remove cotter pins and washers securing shift rod to shift arm and range lever (Figure 5-70). 3. Remove shift rod and trunnion as assembly ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 353

5-154 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® SPEED SENSOR AND/OR SWITCH REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect harness connector from vehicle speed sensor , lock indicator switch, and/or range indicator switch (Figures 5-73 and 5-74). 2. Remove switch and/or sensor from transfer case (Figures 5-73 and 5-74). Figure 5-73: Speed ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 354

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-155 ® 05745159 FRONT OUTPUT SHAFT SEAL REPLACEMENT 1. Mark front propeller shaft and transfer case yoke for align- ment reference. 2. Disconnect front propeller shaft at yoke. Retain U-bolts and nuts (Figure 5-76). 3. Remove yoke nut (Figure 5-77). 4. Remove yoke and seal was ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 355

5-156 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® T RANSFER CASE REMO V AL 1. Remov e drain plug and drain oil from transfer case. Rein- stall drain plug afterward. 2. Disconnect propeller shafts from transfer case. 3. Disconnect wiring harness connectors from vehicle speed sensors range switch, and lock switch. 4. Rem ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 356

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-157 ® 05745159 T RANSFER CASE DISASSEMBLY AND OVERHAUL 1. Remov e vehicle speed sensor and both indicator switches. 2. Remove front output shaft yoke (Figure 5-82). Remove yoke nut with suitable size socket and impact wrench. Then remove seal washer and yoke. Figure 5-82: Fro ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 357

5-158 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® Figure 5-86: Rear Retainer Removal 7. Remove speedometer tone wheel and snap rings (Figure 5-87). 8. Remove rear case attaching bolts and remove rear case (Figure 5-88). CA UTION: Loosen the rear case with screwdrivers positioned in the slot at each end of the case. Thi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 358

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-159 ® 05745159 Figure 5-90: Oil Pump O-ring Location 11. Remove drive sprocket snap ring (Figure 5-91). 12. Remove drive sprocket (Figure 5-92). 13. Remove drive chain. 14. Remove front output shaft and driven sprocket as assembly (Figure 5-93). Figure 5-91: Drive Sprocket Sn ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 359

5-160 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® Figure 5-94: Range Lever Mounting 16. Remove detent plug, spring, and plunger (Figure 5-95). 17. Remove oil cooler attaching nuts and washers. Then remove cooler, support bracket and O-rings (Figure 5-95). 18. Remove shift rail (Figure 5-96). Figure 5-95: Oil Cooler and ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 360

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-161 ® 05745159 20. Remove mode fork and sleeve from mainshaft (Figure 5-98). Note position of sleeve for installation reference. Do not disassemble fork assembly. Only the fork pads are serviceable. 21. Remove snap ring that secures intermediate clutch shaft on mainshaft (Fig ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 361

5-162 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® 23. Remove differential snap ring (Figure 5-101). 24. Remove differential from mainshaft (Figure 5-102). 25. Remove mainshaft needle roller bearings and spacers (Figure 5-103). Figure 5-101: Differential Snap Ring Location Figure 5-102: Differential Removal Figure 5-103 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 362

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-163 ® 05745159 Figure 5-105: Sector Shaft Bushing and O-Ring Removal 29. Remove bolts attaching front retainer to front case. Then remove retainer by prying it loose with screwdriver positioned in retainer slot (Figure 5-106). Figure 5-106: Front Retainer Removal 30. Remove s ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 363

5-164 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® Figure 5-109: Input/Low Range Planetary Gear Disassembly Sequence 33. Remove and disassemble differential as follows: a. Scribe or paint mark front and rear cases for assembly reference (Figure 5-110). b. Remove case bolts (Figure 5-111). c. Pry front and rear cases apa ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 364

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-165 ® 05745159 Figure 5-114: Mainshaft and Sprocket Gear Removal Figure 5-115: Removing Front Output Shaft Seal T RANSFER CASE CLEANING AND INSPECTION Clean the transfer case components thoroughly with standard parts cleaning solvent. Remove all traces of sealer from the case ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 365

5-166 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® Figure 5-116: Annulus Gear Location In Front Case Oil Pump The oil pump is not a serviceable component. Replace the pump as an assembly if the gear teeth are worn, or if the pump has become damaged. Bearings and Seals The transfer case seals should be replaced during ov ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 366

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-167 ® 05745159 Figure 5-118: Front Output Shaft Front Bearing Installation Figure 5-119: Front Output Shaft Seal Installation Figure 5-120: Front Output Shaft Rear Bearing Removal Figure 5-121: Front Output Shaft Rear Bearing Installation TOOL HANDLE TOOL J–33833 J–8092 F ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 367

5-168 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® INPUT GEAR BEARING REPLACEMENT 1. Remov e old bearing from interior of front case as shown. Use tool handle J–8092 and tool J–29170 (Figure 5-122). 2. Install new bearing using tool handle J–8092 and tool J– 29170 (Figure 5-123). Seat bearing so locating ring is ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 368

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-169 ® 05745159 EXTENSION HOUSING BUSHING AND SEAL REPLACEMENT 1. Remov e old seal with pry tool. 2. Drive out old bushing with tool handle J–8092 and tool J– 33839 (Figure 5-126). 3. Position new bushing on tool J–33839 and tap bushing into place until flush with bushin ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 369

5-170 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® T RANSFER CASE ASSEMBLY 1. Assemble input gear and lo w range planetary: a. Lubricate gear, planetary, and thrust washers with Dexron III. b. Install rear thrust washer in planetary. Be sure washer tabs are aligned in planetary notches as shown (Figure 5-129) NOTE: The ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 370

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-171 ® 05745159 Figure 5-133: Shift Sector Installation Figure 5-134: Input Gear/Low range Planetary Installation 8. Assemble differential as follows: a. Lubricate differential cases, gears, thrust washers with Dexron III. b. Install mainshaft gear in front case. c. Install sp ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 371

5-172 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® Figure 5-137: Front Retainer Installation Figure 5-138: Assembling Low Range Fork and Hub Figure 5-139: Engaging Low Range Fork Pin in Shift Sector 9. Check condition of tone wheel on mainshaft. Replace wheel if teeth are chipped, cracked, or broken. 10. Coat needle bea ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 372

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-173 ® 05745159 Figure 5-141: Differential Pinion and Sprocket Gear Installation Figure 5-142: Assembling Differential Front/Rear Cases Figure 5-143: Mainshaft Bearing Roller Installation Figure 5-144: Installing Differential On Mainshaft 15. Install mode sleeve in mode fork. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 373

5-174 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® Figure 5-145: Differential Snap Ring Installation Figure 5-146: Intermediate Clutch Shaft Installation Figure 5-147: Intermediate Clutch Shaft Thrust Ring and Snap Ring Installation 18. Install shift rail. Install rail through mode fork, range fork, and into case bore a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 374

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-175 ® 05745159 Figure 5-149: Mode Fork and Sleeve Installation 19. Install detent plunger, spring, and plug. Replace O-ring on plug before hand and tighten plug to 12-18 lb-ft (16-24 N • m) (Figure 5-154). 20. Install range lever on sector shaft, then secure lever with wash ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 375

5-176 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® Figure 5-152: Mainshaft, Differential, and Mode Fork Installation Figure 5-153: Shift Rail Installation 24. Assemble driven sprocket and front output shaft. Use new snap ring if old one is worn or distorted (Figure 5-155). 25. Install front output shaft and driven sproc ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 376

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-177 ® 05745159 30. Position pump assembly in rear case. Be sure pickup screen is seated in case notch as shown (Figure 5-160). Figure 5-155: Front Output Shaft and Sprocket Assembly Figure 5-156: Drive Chain and Sprocket Installation Figure 5-157: Securing Drive Sprocket to M ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 377

5-178 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® Figure 5-158: Oil Pump Seal Installation Figure 5-159: Oil Pump and Pickup Component Assembly 35. Install speedometer tone wheel and snap rings (Figure 5-163). 36. Install mainshaft bearing in rear retainer (Figure 5-164). Use tool handle J – 8092 and installer J33832 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 378

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-179 ® 05745159 Figure 5-162: Rear Case Installation Figure 5-163: Tone Wheel Speedometer Installation Figure 5-164: Installing Mainshaft Bearing In Rear Retainer Figure 5-165: Rear Retainer and Mainshaft Bearing Snap Ring Installation Figure 5-166: Extension Housing Installat ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 379

5-180 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® Figure 5-167: Front Yoke Installation 43. Install drain plug in rear case. Tighten plug to 15-25 lb-ft (20-33 N • m). 44. Apply Loctite PST to threads of indicator switches and speed sensor. 45. Install indicator switches. Tighten switches to 15-25 lb-ft (20-33 N • ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 380

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-181 ® 05745159 T RANSFER CASE T OR QUE SPECIFICATIONS T RANSMISSION T OR QUE SPECIF ICATIONS Case bolts (all) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detent plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drain/ﬁll plugs . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 381

5-182 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® ESSENTIAL T OOLS Procure from Kent-Moore. J–35944-AMG J–35944-500 J–35944-22 J–8614-01 J–33043-2 J–33831 J–33835 J–25025-B J–21867 J–39775 J–8092 J–42497 T ool No. Description J–35944-AMG T ransmission Oil Cooler Flush Kit J–35944-500 Cooler ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 382

___________________________________________ Transmission/Transfer Case 5-183 ® 05745159 SPECIAL T OOLS Procure from Kent-Moore. T ool No. Description J–2619-01 Slide Hammer and Adapter J–29369 Bushing/Bearing Remov er Kit J–33839 Rear Output Bushing Remov er (use with J–8092) J–33829 Pilot Bearing Installer (use with J–8092) J–33833 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 383

5-184 Transmission/Transfer Case ___________________________________________ ® THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 384

________________________________________________________________________________ 6-1 ® 05745159 Section 6 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inﬂation System (CTIS) T ABLE OF CONTENTS Central Tire Inflation System Air Intake Line and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51 Air Leak Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 385

6-2 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _________________ ® Figure 6-1: Wheel and Tire Assembly Replacement Installation NOTE: The Wrangler GS-A, 37 X 12.50R16.5 LT touring ra- dial tire has an asymmetrical/directional tread design. The heavier, stiffer tread on the outside shoulder of the tire must face outward when being instal ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 386

________________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-3 ® 05745159 c. Remove the brass fitting from the center of the geared hub spindle on the wheel(s) to be worked on. d. Use tire chalk to mark two of the geared hub spindle assembly studs nearest the air valve. W ARNING: In all disassembly operations, ensure tire is totally de ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 387

6-4 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _________________ ® 13. Remove O-ring from insert. Discard O-ring. 14. Remove O-ring seal from inner rim half. Discard O-ring seal. 15. Remove tire from inner rim half. W ARNING: Balance weights contain lead. W ash hands after handling. 16. Remove balance weights from rim halves. Discard ba ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 388

________________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-5 ® 05745159 8. Inspect outside of tire for sidewall damage. Replace tire if damaged. 9. Inspect tread for puncture damage. If damage is too extensive for patch repair, replace tire. W ARNING: O-ring sealing surfaces must be k ept clean and free from rust and dirt. F ailure t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 389

6-6 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _________________ ® W ARNING: Never use wheel assemblies with wheel half studs that are damaged, loose, or have stripped threads. Damaged studs can cause improper assembly which could cause individual fasteners to fail. Any of these situations could cause serious injury or death. NOTE: When ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 390

________________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-7 ® 05745159 Figure 6-11: Runflat Compressor Positioning NOTE: Compress runflat by rotating the handle in a clockwise direction. Rotate handle counterclockwise to loosen. 3. Using runflat compressor, compress runflat. 4. Stand tire up and lubricate tire bead and runflat with ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 391

6-8 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _________________ ® NOTE: Before installing tire on inner rim half, inspect tire sidewalls for a “paint dot.” Paint dots are often used to indicate the tire’s light spot for balancing purposes. If paint dot is present, position tire on rim halves so that paint dot is aligned with inse ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 392

________________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-9 ® 05745159 CA UTION: Tighten locknuts gradually to avoid bending and/ or breaking studs, or damage to wheel components. NOTE: If vehicle is equipped with central tire inflation sys- tem, position shield mounting bracket on outer rim. 15. Line up alignment holes in both whee ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 393

6-10 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® Figure 6-17: Leak Check Areas WHEEL HALF STUD REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e wheel from vehicle. 2. Place wheel in tire inflation cage. W ARNING: Ensure the tire is totally deﬂated before removing wheel loc knuts. F ailure to follo w proper safety precautions may result ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 394

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-11 ® 05745159 2. Inspect inner rim for cracked, broken, rusted, pitted, bent, or loose studs, and studs with damaged, mutilated, or deformed threads. Replace defective parts (Figure 6-19). Figure 6-19: Wheel Half Stud Installation 1. Align stud with splines in inner rim and dri ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 395

6-12 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® RUNFLAT COMPRESSOR BELT REPLACEMENT Installation Figure 6-21: Runflat Compressor Belt Replacement NOTE: Belt overlap is to be positioned so that you have equal amount of belt on each side of the worm gear shaft assembly. Perform steps 1 and 2 for crank handle runflat comp ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 396

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-13 ® 05745159 Figure 6-23: Runflat Removal 11. Remove the retaining screw,washer and crossbolt locking clip (Figure 6-24). 12. Loosen and remove the crossbolt and square nuts securing the runflat halves together. 13. Repeat steps 11 through 13 for opposing fastener assembly. 14 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 397

6-14 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® Assembly NOTE: If tires are to be replaced allow new tires to reach room temperature (above 60°) before mounting. This will make the tire more pliable and easier to work with. CA UTION: During assembly or disassembly, loose parts which are dropped inside the wheel/tire a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 398

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-15 ® 05745159 Figure 6-25: Runflat Assembly 2. Position wheel on tire machine with outside facing up. Lubricate tire beads and mount inside tire bead on wheel. Ensure “SIDE FACING OUTWARDS” lettering faces up on GSA tires. 3. Install the right and left square nuts in the re ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 399

6-16 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® sure using a clip-on air chuck. Do not exceed 50 psi (345 kP a) cold inﬂation pressure. F ailure to f ollo w these instructions may result in serious injury or death. 12. Before installing valve core, inflate tire to seat beads. Use of tire bead seater may be required. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 400

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-17 ® 05745159 Inspecting Tire T read W ear Tire tread wear is a good indicator of tire balance and suspen- sion condition. Unbalanced tires often cause cupped or scal- loped tread wear patterns (Figure 6-27). Tire wear inspection should be performed for all vibration complaints ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 401

6-18 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® WHEEL AND TIRE BALANCING General There are two types of tire and wheel balancing: static and dy- namic. Static balance is the equal distribution of weight around the wheel circumference. Wheels that are statically unbalanced cause a bouncing action called vehicle shake an ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 402

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-19 ® 05745159 3. Locate and mark wheel and tire assembly light spot on the tire (Figure 6-31). 4. Record weight and position readings. Figure 6-31: Marking Wheel and Tire Assembly Light Spot NOTE: If more than 15 oz. of weight is required to balance the tire, wheel and runflat ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 403

6-20 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® T ROUBLESHOOTING A NON-BALANCING WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY NOTE: If a wheel and tire assembly cannot be balanced, or balance cannot be maintained, any of the following conditions may be causing the problem: • Runflat movement on the wheel rim. • Excessive radial or late ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 404

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-21 ® 05745159 Wheel And Tire Assembly Runout Inspection NOTE: Before measuring the runout of a tire and wheel as- sembly, drive the vehicle long enough to warm up the tires. Then do the following: 1. Install tire and wheel assembly on wheel balancer . 2. Check GG rings to be su ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 405

6-22 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® WHEEL ALIGNMENT Check alignment on a rack with the front tires in the straight- ahead position and inflated to manufacturer’s recommended pressure. Preliminary Inspection 1. Check tire condition, tread wear (Figure 6-27), run-out, and inﬂation. 2. Raise and support ve ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 406

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-23 ® 05745159 Figure 6-39: Upper Ball Joint Wear Check 6. Inspect control arm bushings for wear or damage. Replace bushings if necessary. 7. Check lower ball joints: Support lower control arm with a jack or stand to unload lower ball joint. Place bar between lower arm at ball j ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 407

6-24 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® Figure 6-41: Suspension Component Identification PITMAN ARM CENTER LINK TIE ROD IDLER ARM TIE ROD HALFSHAFT TIE ROD END GEARED HUB ADJUSTING SLEEVE STABILIZER BAR SPRING SC ALE ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 408

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-25 ® 05745159 CHECKING WHEEL ALIGNMENT 1. Mov e vehicle onto alignment rack and position front tires on alignment rack turntables. 2. Place front wheels in straight ahead position on turntables. 3. Install alignment measuring equipment on vehicle wheels. Follow manufacturers in ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 409

6-26 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® . Figure 6-42: Wheel Alignment Information WHEEL ALIGNMENT CORRECTION Alignment adjustments should be performed one at a time and in sequence to avoid errors. Recommended adjustment se- quence is: a. caster b. camber c. front toe setting d. rear toe setting e. steering st ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 410

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-27 ® 05745159 Figure 6-43: Caster /Camber Adjustment Camber Adjustment Camber adjustment applies to the front and rear wheels equally. It is controlled by turning the pivot bolts and eccentric washers on the upper control arm brackets (Figure 6-43). Preferred camber for all Hum ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 411

6-28 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® 6. Verify correct camber angle at both front wheels. Be sure side-to-side variation does not exceed 0.5 degree. 7. Leave vehicle on rack for toe settings and steering stop adjustment. Front Wheel Toe Adjustment 1. Position both front wheels on alignment rack turntables. S ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 412

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-29 ® 05745159 STEERING STOP ADJUSTMENT NOTE : Alignment equipment currently used in the auto- motive field should be used for steering stop adjustment procedure. This procedure should be followed if align- ment equipment is not available. Removal 1. Loosen jamnut and remove bol ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 413

6-30 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® CENTRAL TIRE INFLATION SYSTEM The optional Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) is unique to the HUMMER. The CTIS allows the driver to increase or de- crease tire pressure based on terrain and climate conditions. The system can also be used to direct air to a tire that ha ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 414

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-31 ® 05745159 Figure 6-51: Quick-Disconnect Tab CTIS T ROUBLESHOOTING The following pages contain troubleshooting information for locating and correcting mechanical, pneumatic, and electrical problems that may develop with the CTIS. Electrical Tr oubleshooting Symptoms are list ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 415

6-32 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® CTIS AIR LEAK TR OUBLESHOOTING This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting air leaks within the Central Tire Inflation Sys- tem. W ARNING: CTIS air system components are subject to high pressure. Always reliev e air pressure before loosen ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 416

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-33 ® 05745159 Inspect the steering arm cover, connector, and tube for damage. Use a soap and water solution or a commercial leak detection product around the connector and steering arm cover. Damage is found Replace the con- nector or tube. Air is leaking around the con- nector ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 417

6-34 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® Inspect the deﬂate v alve and con- nections for damage (Figure 6-65). Use a soap and water solution to check for leaks. Air is escaping from the dust excluder or the seams on the Deflate Valve (Figure 6-66). Replace the deflate valve. Air is escaping from the sides of t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 418

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-35 ® 05745159 CTIS Leak Detection Test 1. Start engine and inﬂate front and rear tires to 40 psi (276 kPa). 2. Turn the tire selector switch to OFF. 3. Turn engine OFF. 4. Remove air vent line located at the air intake horn and listen for air escaping through the vent line. 5 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 419

6-36 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® COMPRESSOR SER VICE W ARNING: CTIS components are subject to high air pressure. Always reliev e air pressure before loosening or removing air system components by disconnecting quick-disconnect valv e assemblies. F ailure to follo w this warning may result in serious inju ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 420

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-37 ® 05745159 CTIS INSTRUMENT CLUSTER W ARNING: CTIS components are subject to high air pressure. Always reliev e air pressure before loosening or removing air system components by disconnecting quick-disconnect valv e assemblies. F ailure to follo w this warning may result in ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 421

6-38 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® INFLATE/DEF LATE AND TIRE SELECTOR SWITCHES Removal 1. Remov e CTIS instrument cluster panel. 2. Disconnect connector from inflate/deflate switch and tire selector switch (Figures 6-54 and 6-55). 3. Remove inflate/deflate and tire selector switches from CTIS instrument cl ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 422

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-39 ® 05745159 COMPRESSOR/LOW PRESSURE INDICATOR LIGHTS Removal 1. Remov e lower closeout panel and swing steering column do wn. 2. Loosen center console and pull back to allow removal of left crash pad. 3. Pull instrument panel back to gain access to the back of the status cent ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 423

6-40 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® AIR PRESSURE GAUGE W ARNING: CTIS components are subject to high air pressure. Always reliev e air pressure before loosening or removing air system components by disconnecting quick-disconnect valv e assemblies. F ailure to follo w this warning may result in serious injur ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 424

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-41 ® 05745159 AIR PRESSURE GAUGE LAMP REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e lower closeout panel and swing steering column do wn. 2. Loosen center console and pull back to allow removal of left crash pad. 3. Pull instrument panel back to gain access to the back of the status centers. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 425

6-42 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® CTIS LOW PRESSURE ALARM REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e the interior fuse box access panel in the left close- out panel under the instrument panel. 2. Remove the low pressure alarm from the face of the interior fuse box (Figure 6-59). Installation 1. Install lo w pressure ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 426

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-43 ® 05745159 CTIS INTERIOR HAR NESS NOTE: Prior to removal, tag all leads for installation. Removal 1. Remov e CTIS instrument cluster panel. 2. Disconnect connector from inflate/deflate and tire selector switches (Figure 6-60). 3. Remove lamp from air pressure gauge. 4. Disco ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 427

6-44 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® AIR PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT W ARNING: CTIS components are subject to high air pressure. Always reliev e air pressure before loosening or removing air system components by disconnecting quick-disconnect valv e assemblies. F ailure to follo w this warning may result in ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 428

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-45 ® 05745159 AIR PRESSURE INDICATOR LINES REPLACEMENT W ARNING: CTIS components are subject to high air pressure. Always reliev e air pressure before loosening or removing air system components by disconnecting quick-disconnect valv e assemblies. F ailure to follo w this warni ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 429

6-46 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® CTIS COMPRESSOR FUSE REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Raise and secure hood. 2. Remove the left side cowell cover and the fuse box cover. 3. Remove the fuse from the box (Figure 6-63). Installation 1. Install the fuse in the fuse box (Figure 6-63). 2. Install the plastic cover on t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 430

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-47 ® 05745159 DEFLATE V ALVE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT W ARNING: CTIS components are subject to high air pressure. Always reliev e air pressure before loosening or removing air system components by disconnecting quick-disconnect valv e assemblies. F ailure to follo w this warning ma ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 431

6-48 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® DUST EXCLUDER REPLACEMENT W ARNING: CTIS components are subject to high air pressure. Always reliev e air pressure before loosening or removing air system components by disconnecting quick-disconnect valv e assemblies. F ailure to follo w this warning may result in seriou ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 432

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-49 ® 05745159 FRONT SUPPLY T UBE AND HOSE REPLACEMENT W ARNING: CTIS components are subject to moder- ately high air pressure. Always reliev e air pressure be- fore loosening or remo ving air system components by disconnecting quick-disconnect valv e assemblies. F ail- ure to f ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 433

6-50 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® FRONT CTI LINE REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect line at front hub (Figure 6-69). 2. Loosen clamp on bracket attached to lower control arm, then move air line out of bracket (Figure 6-70). 3. Disconnect front air line at T-fitting secured to front crossmember. 4. Cut tie straps a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 434

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-51 ® 05745159 AIR INTAK E LINE REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Raise and secure hood. 2. Loosen hose clamp and disconnect air intake hose from connector (Figure 6-73). Figure 6-73: Air Intake Hose 3. Loosen clamp and disconnect air cleaner elbow from air horn. 4. Remove nut, washer, cou ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 435

6-52 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® QUICK-DISCONNECT V ALVE AND T UBE REPLACEMENT W ARNING: CTIS components are subject to high air pressure. Always reliev e air pressure before loosening or removing air system components by disconnecting quick-disconnect valv e assemblies. F ailure to follo w this warning ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 436

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-53 ® 05745159 REAR T UBE CONNECTION SHIELD REPLACEMENT NOTE: The replacement of the left and right rear tube connec- tion shields is basically the same. This procedure covers the left rear tube connection shield. Removal Remove two bolts, washers, shield, and two washers from s ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 437

6-54 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® SPINDLE EXTENSION AND SEAL REPLA CEMENT Removal 1. Remov e rear tube connection shield. 2. Remove four bolts, washers, and steering arm cover from geared hub (Figure 6-79). 3. Remove retaining ring and seal from steering arm cover. 4. Remove spindle extension from spindle ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 438

______________ Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) 6-55 ® 05745159 Installation NOTE: Ensure that any new fittings have pipe sealant pre-ap- plied to threads. If none is present, apply a pipe sealant to fit- ting threads. 1. Secure auxiliary air v alve to existing tee (Figure 6-81). 2. Connect tires to CTIS by pushing in quick-di ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 439

6-56 Wheels and Tires/Central Tire Inflation System (CTIS) _______________ ® SPECIAL T OOLS T ool No. Description 05710216 Internal tubeless tire repair kit 05710215 External tubeless tire repair kit 05710215 05710216 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 440

________________________________________________________________________________ 7-1 ® 05745159 Section 7 Brak e System T ABLE OF CONTENTS Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) and Automatic Traction Control, TorqTrac 4™ (TT4™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34 ABS ECU Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 441

7-2 Brake System ______________________________________________________________ ® BRAK E SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS Road T esting 1. If red warning light is illuminated, note pedal action and brake response. 2. Check brake pedal response with transmission in Neutral and engine running. Pedal should remain firm under steady foot pressure. If pedal falls away ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 442

_____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-3 ® 05745159 Some common causes of brake drag are: • seized or sticking caliper piston • caliper binding on bushings or pin slides • incorrect length caliper mounting bolts (too long) • loose caliper mounting bracket • misassembled components • misadjusted bra ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 443

7-4 Brake System ______________________________________________________________ ® Brak e Noise Squeak/Squeal The factory installed brakelining in Hummer vehicles is made from asbestos free materials. These materials have different operating characteristics than previous lining ma- terials. Under certain conditions, asbestos free lining may generat ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 444

_____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-5 ® 05745159 1. Remov e master cylinder cov er and visually check reser- voirs for lo w ﬂuid le vel or contamination. a. If fluid is contaminated, flush system with clean brake fluid. b. If fluid is low, check for worn brake pads, observe for leakage, broken, cracked or ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 445

7-6 Brake System ______________________________________________________________ ® Brake Chatter On some new vehicles, roughness or a chatter sound from the brakes may be noticed during low speed brake application. The noise is a result of the lining edges of an unburnished brake pad rubbing against the rotor. Burnishing is a part of the vehicle br ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 446

_____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-7 ® 05745159 HYDRO-BOOST SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS Noise Diagnosis The following noises are associated with the hydro-boost and may or may not be cause for concern. Some noises are normal and for the most part temporary in nature. Other noises may be a sign of excessive wear or th ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 447

7-8 Brake System ______________________________________________________________ ® Booster Functional Test With the engine off, apply the brake pedal several times until the accumulator is completely depleted. Depress the brake pedal using 40 lb-ft (54 N•m) of force and start the engine. The pedal will fall and then push back against your foot. A ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 448

_____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-9 ® 05745159 Figure 7-4: Pressure Bleeding Brake System Manual Bleeding NOTE: This procedure covers bleeding at one wheel. Repeat bleeding task for remaining wheels. Assistance is required to depress the brake pedal when manually bleeding brakes while mechanic opens and c ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 449

7-10 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® 1. Inspect dust boot for tears or deterioration (Figure 7-6). 2. Inspect rotor for heat cracks, spotting, discoloration, pitting, or scoring. Resurface rotors if discolored, pitted, or scored. It is not recommended that rotors be turned when spotted or heat cracks. 3 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 450

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-11 ® 05745159 Installation 1. Install a washer and coupling to caliper (Figure 7-6). W ARNING: Ensure brak e pads are installed with lin- ings facing rotor . F ailure to do this will cause poor per- formance and damage to equipment and may result in injury . 2. Position br ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 451

7-12 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® MASTER CYLINDER BLEEDING NOTE: Master cylinder must be filled and kept at least half full during bleeding operation (Figure 7-9). 1. Depress brake pedal slo wly and hold. Loosen front brake line to purge air from the front section of the reserv oir . 2. Tighten front ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 452

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-13 ® 05745159 HYDRO-BOOST REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e two nuts securing splash shield mount bracket to hydro-boost/master cylinder assembly . 2. Remove nut securing mount bracket to splash shield and remove mount bracket. 3. Remove two nuts securing the master cylinder ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 453

7-14 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® BRAK E LINE REPLACEMENT Metal brake lines should be inspected for leaks or deterioration every time the vehicle is being serviced. W ARNING: Batteries must be disconnected when the brak e hydraulic system is being serviced and bled. If the ABS motor pump runs when ai ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 454

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-15 ® 05745159 Figure 7-13: Rear Brake Component Location METAL BRAKE LINES CALIPER FROM ABS/TT4 MODULATOR LINE MOUNTIG CLIP UNION ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 455

7-16 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® Figure 7-14: Front Brake Component Location C ALIPER MASTER CYLINDER HYDROBOOST METAL BRAKE LINES LINE MOUNTING CLIP METAL LINES TO REAR CALIPERS ABS MODULATOR ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 456

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-17 ® 05745159 SER VICE BRAK E P EDAL REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Disconnect the stoplight switch (Figure 7-15). 2. Remove pushnut and disconnect stoplight switch rod (if so equipped) from brake pedal assembly. Discard pushnut. (Figure 7-15). 3. Disconnect return spring from bra ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 457

7-18 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® REAR DUAL SER VICE/PARKING BRAK E PAD REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Put transmission in P ARK, chock wheels, and release parking brake. 2. Remove cotter pin, washer, and clevis pin securing parking brake cable to lever. Discard cotter pin (Figure 7-18). 3. Remove clip secur ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 458

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-19 ® 05745159 Figure 7-20: Rear Dual Brake Caliper Installation W ARNING: Ensure brak e pads are installed with lin- ings facing rotor . F ailure to do this will cause poor per- formance and damage to equipment and may result in injury . 1. Check brake pad backing plate no ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 459

7-20 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® REAR DUAL SER VICE/PARKING BRAK E CALIPER REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Put transmission in P ARK, chock wheels, and release parking brake. 2. Remove cotter pin, washer, and clevis pin securing parking brake clevis to lever. Discard cotter pin (Figure 7-21). 3. Remove clip ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 460

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-21 ® 05745159 Figure 7-23: Rear Dual Service/Parking Brake Caliper Cable Bracket Figure 7-24: Rear Caliper and Bleeder Valve C ALIPER C ABLE CLIP LEVER P ARKING CLEVIS PIN BRAKE CLEVIS P ARKING BRAKE C ABLE C ALIPER C ABLE BRA CKET STOP LEVER BRA CKET C ALIPER PISTON F A C ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 461

7-22 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® Installation 1. Open bleeder v alve and depress piston into caliper while rotating piston in a clockwise direction, and at the same time apply pressure until piston is seated in piston bore (Figure 7-24). NOTE: Perform step 2 only if caliper guide pins were re- place ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 462

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-23 ® 05745159 RIGHT PARKING BRAK E CABLE REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Put transmission in P ARK, chock wheels, and release parking brake. 2. Remove cotter pin, washer, clevis pin, and brake clevis from lever. Discard cotter pin (Figure 7-26). 3. Remove clip securing cable sleeve ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 463

7-24 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® LEFT PARKING BRAK E CABLE REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Put transmission in P ARK, chock wheels, and release parking brake. 2. Remove cotter pin, washer, clevis pin, and brake clevis from lever. Discard cotter pin (Figure 7-27). 3. Remove clip and cable sleeve from caliper ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 464

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-25 ® 05745159 PARKING BRAK E ROD REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Put transmission in P ARK, chock wheels, and release parking brake. 2. Remove cotter pin, washer, clevis pin, and brake clevis from lever. Discard cotter pin (Figure 7-28). 3. Remove six clips and spread boot to allow ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 465

7-26 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® Adjustment 1. Put transmission in P ARK, chock wheels, and release parking brake. 2. Remove six clips and spread boot to allow access to cotter pin (Figure 7-30). 3. Remove cotter pin, washer, and clevis pin securing clevis to bellcrank. Discard cotter pin. 4. Repeat ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 466

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-27 ® 05745159 Installation 1. Install boot on body . Install upper boot on parking brake hand le ver . 2. Install parking brake hand lever on body and secure with two washers, bolts, washers, and locknuts. 3. Secure parking brake hand lever on body with bolt, nut and lockw ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 467

7-28 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® Figure 7-34: Front Disc Brake Caliper Assembly CA UTION: The HUMMER is equipped with DOT 3 fluid. Do not mix with other brake fluids . Failure to use the proper brake fluid will damage brake system. 1. Lubricate caliper bore and seal with DO T 3 brake ﬂ uid (Figure ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 468

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-29 ® 05745159 REAR CALIPER OVERHAUL Rear Caliper Disassembly (Figure 7-37) 1. Mount caliper in vise so parking brake le ver and spring are facing upward. 2. Unseat and remove parking brake lever spring. Use large slip joint pliers. 3. Remove bolt that secures lever retaine ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 469

7-30 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® 6. Install thrust screw as follows: a. Align slot in thrust screw with centering pin. b. Insert thrust screw in caliper and seat it on centering pin and on ball bearings. c. Compress thrust screw retaining ring with fingers and install it in caliper bore below piston ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 470

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-31 ® 05745159 Figure 7-37: Rear Caliper O-RING O-RING BLEEDER SCREW CAP BLEEDER SCREW ACTUATOR SHAFT DUST SEAL LEVER SPRING THRUST SCREW RETAINING RING THRUST SCREW SPRING SHIELD THRUST SCREW SPRING THRUST SCREW ACTUATOR O-RING BEARING THRUST ACTUATOR SHAFT PISTON DUST BOO ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 471

7-32 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® BRAK E ROTOR Cleaning and Inspection NOTE: Clean all components, examine for wear or damage, and replace if necessary (Figure 7-38). 1. Remov e brake rotor . NOTE: Clean rusted or scaled rotor braking surfaces before at- tempting inspection or measurement. 2. Mount r ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 472

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-33 ® 05745159 PARKING BRAK E LEV ER ADJUSTMENT Adjustment 1. Adjust linkage. 2. Put transmission in PARK, chock wheels, and release parking brake handle. 3. Turn adjusting knob clockwise as tightly as possible by hand (Figure 7-41). Figure 7-41: Parking Brake Lever Locatio ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 473

7-34 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® ANTI-LOCK BRAK E SYSTEM (ABS) AND A UTO- MATIC T RACTION CONTR OL, T ORQT RAC 4 ™ (TT4 ™ ) System Description The ABS/TT4 is a hydraulic add-on system consisting of: • Hydraulic modulator and pump assembly • Electronic control unit • Four wheel speed sensor ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 474

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-35 ® 05745159 3. The start phase consists of the ABS warning light flashing in the following sequence (Figure 7-45): • Pause = 2.5 seconds (long) • Flash = 2.5 seconds (long) • Pause = 2.5 seconds (long) • Flash = 0.5 seconds (short) Figure 7-45: Blink Code Sequenc ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 475

7-36 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® 2-6 Shuttle v alve switch failure. 25 and 27 Brake pedal at rest 3k Ω . Brake pedal 1/2 do wn 2k Ω . Brake pedal full do wn 1k Ω . If wiring and connections OK, replace modulator . 2-7 Continuous po wer to ECU with ignition “ OFF ” . 9 and 27 0 v olts. Less ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 476

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-37 ® 05745159 3-3 Open circuit between ECU and left front outlet solenoid v alve or wiring. 24 and 27 3.0-5.0 W Check electrical resistance of af fected v alve wir - ing to ground at the ECU connector and at the modulator connector . Repair wiring or replace modulator as n ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 477

7-38 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® 4-2 Short circuit to ground between ECU and left front inlet sole- noid valv e. 23 and 27 5.0-7.5 W Check electrical resistance of af fected valv e wir- ing to ground at ECU connector and at modulator assembly as necessary . 4-3 Short circuit to ground between ECU an ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 478

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-39 ® 05745159 4-13 Left r ear wheel speed sensor open circuit. 18 and 35 500-2000 W Check electrical resistance of affected sensor and wiring at ECU connector and at harness plugs. Repair wiring or replace sensor as necessary . 4-14 Left fr ont wheel speed sensor open cir- ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 479

7-40 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® 5-5 Short circuit to battery between ECU and right rear outlet v alve solenoid or wiring. 5 and 27 0 volts 3.0-5.0 W Check voltages at wiring harness including con- nectors. Check electrical resistance of af fected v alve wiring to ground at ECU connector and at modu ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 480

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-41 ® 05745159 5-15 Right r ear wheel speed signal is erratic. 16 and 33 Greater than 0.9 volts A C at one tire rev olution per second Check for damaged tone wheel, incorrect sensor adjustment, excessi ve tone wheel runnout (> .041"), excessi ve geared hub input bea ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 481

7-42 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® 6-6 Short circuit between two solenoid v alve leads of left rear inlet sole- noid v alve. 21 and 4, 5, 6, 7, 22, 23, 24 5.0-7.5 W Check electrical resistance of af fected valv es and wiring at ECU connector and at modulator assem- bly plug. Repair or replace wiring a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 482

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-43 ® 05745159 Figure 7-47: ABS/TT4 Main System Diagram. 609 YL RIGHT REAR 994 BR 995 BK C2-23 C2-22 16 33 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LEFT REAR 992 BR 993 BK C2-32 C2-31 18 35 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RIGHT FRONT 998 BR 999 BK C2-19 C2-20 17 34 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 970 TN 971 PP 972 YL 973 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 483

7-44 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® Figure 7-48: ABS/TT4 Power, Ground and Warning Lamp Circuit. 58 BLK DLC C1-19 C1-34 7 15 606 OR 607 TN 13 14 DIAGNOSTIC ABS ECU IGN FUSE 2B 5 AMP Exterior Fuse Box 9 601 PK TO IGNITION SWITCH 19 8 990 PK 991 LB 990 PK ABS VA LV E RELA Y G2 575 OR FUSE IC 25 AMP Exter ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 484

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-45 ® 05745159 Figure 7-49: 35 Pin ECU Connector Female Half PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION 1 990 PK ABS v alve relay input 3 961 PP TT4 lamp acti vation 4 977 WH Right rear inlet valv e acti vation 5 976 RD Right rear outlet valv e acti vation 6 973 OR Right front inlet valv e ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 485

7-46 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® Figure 7-50: 13 Pin Modulator Connector Female Half 25 677 GY Shuttle v alve switch signal 26 603 DG ABS warning lamp acti vation 27 570 BK Ground 30 609 YL Pump motor monitor 31 978 BK Reference ground 32 996 BR Left front wheel speed sensor high 33 994 BR Right rea ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 486

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-47 ® 05745159 Figure 7-51: 42 Pin Underbody Connector Male Half Figure 7-52: 42 Pin Underbody Connector Female Half PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION 10 996 BR Left front wheel speed sensor lo w signal 11 997 BK Left front wheel speed sensor high signal 19 999 BK Right front wheel ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 487

7-48 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® ABS MODULATOR REPLACEMENT Remo v al W ARNING: Batteries must be disconnected when the brak e hydraulic system is being serviced and bled. If the ABS motor pump runs when air is in the hydraulic sys- tem, air can get trapped behind the valves in the modu- lator causin ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 488

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-49 ® 05745159 11. Disengage the modulator alignment pin from the mounting bracket and remove the modulator from the mounting bracket. 12. Remove the brake line adapters, noting the position for reinstallation Installation 1. Install the brake line adapters in the same posi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 489

7-50 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® Installation NOTE: Left side speed sensor leads route across above the halfshaft cv-joint. Care must be taken to ensure the lead does not come in contact with the cv-joint. 1. Clean all grease, rust and debris from the speed sensor cavity in the speed sensor mounting ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 490

____________________________________________________________ Brake System 7-51 ® 05745159 ESSENTIAL T OOLS Procure from Kent-Moore. 8-S07-001 J–42553 9-S07-016 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 4 9 14 19 24 29 34 3 8 13 18 23 28 33 2 7 12 17 22 27 32 1 6 11 16 21 26 31 J 3 55 9 2 P IN O U T B O X J – 35592 00-S07-001 00-S07-002 J-44237 J-42883 T ool No. Des ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 491

7-52 Brake System _____________________________________________________________ ® THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 492

________________________________________________________________________________ 8-1 ® 05745159 Section 8 Steer ing System T ABLE OF CONTENTS Intermediate Steering Shaft Dust Boot Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13 Remov ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 493

8-2 Steering System ___________________________________________________________ ® Po w er Steering Fluid Recommended fluid for the power steering system is Dexron III. Po w er Steering Component Ser vice Most of the power steering pump components are not service- able. The seals and the flow control valve, however, can be serviced. The pump can al ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 494

___________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-3 ® 05745159 CENTER LINK REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Raise and support the front of the vehicle. 2. Remove the cotter pin and the slotted nut securing the pitman arm to the center link (Figure 8-3). 3. Remove the cotter pin and the slotted nut securing the idler arm to the ce ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 495

8-4 Steering System ___________________________________________________________ ® TIE ROD END REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Raise and support the front of the vehicle. 2. Remove the cotter pin and slotted nut from the geared hub end of the tie rod (Figure 8-4). 3. Using puller J – 24319 – B, remove the tie rod end from the the geared hub. Disassembly ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 496

___________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-5 ® 05745159 TIE ROD REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Raise and support the front of the vehicle. 2. Remove the cotter pins and slotted nuts from the center link end and the geared hub end of the tie rod (Figure 8-6). 3. Using puller J – 24319 – B, remove the tie rod from the ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 497

8-6 Steering System ___________________________________________________________ ® IDLER ARM REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Raise and support the front of the vehicle. 2. Remove the cotter pin and the slotted nut securing the idler arm to the center link (Figure 8-9). 3. Using puller J – 24319 – B or equivalent, disconnect the idler arm from the center ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 498

___________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-7 ® 05745159 STEERING COLUMN REPLACEMENT Removal NOTE: Before removing steering wheel, turn steering column to gain access to intermediate shaft mounting hardware. 1. Remov e steering wheel. 2. Remove close-out panel. 3. Remove locknut, lockwasher, three washers, and thr ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 499

8-8 Steering System ___________________________________________________________ ® STEERING COLUMN MULTI-SWITCH REPLACEMENT NOTE: This procedure covers the directional signal, horn, high beam, and hazard light switches. Removal 1. Follo w steps 2, 3, 5 and 6 of Steering Column Replace- ment . 2. Remove two screws and multi-switch from steering colu ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 500

___________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-9 ® 05745159 STEERING COLUMN REPAIR Lock and Switch Housing Assembly Disassembly NOTE: The key must stay in the ignition switch at all times. 1. Remov e the lock cylinder and ke y assembly from the lock cylinder housing (Figure 8-14). 2. Remove two screws securing the up ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 501

8-10 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® Steering Column and Shaft Disassembly 1. Remov e two scre ws and the multi-switch assembly from the lock and switch housing (Figure 8-12). 2. Remove two screws and lock and switch housing assembly from steering column (Figure 8-13). 3. Remove six stakes from the tube ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 502

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-11 ® 05745159 IGNITION SWITCH LOCK CYLINDER REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Remove close-out panel. 3. Remove five screws and lower steering column shroud (Figure 8-16). 4. Disconnect lock cylinder connector from ignition switch connector. 5. Tur ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 503

8-12 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® Figure 8-18: Interlock Cable/Ignition Switch Installation 1. Secure interlock cable to shifter with scre w and nut. T ighten nut to 8 lb-ft (11 N • m) (Figure 8-19). Figure 8-19: Interlock Cable and Shifter 2. Route interlock cable through bracket and install shift ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 504

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-13 ® 05745159 2. Turn steering wheel left and right several times to bleed off power steering fluid. 3. Remove bolt on intermediate shaft yoke at steering gear and disconnect intermediate shaft from steering gear. 4. Remove nut and lockwasher from steering arm (Figure 8-21 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 505

8-14 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® INTERMEDIATE STEER ING SHAFT DUST BOOT REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e close-out panel. 2. Remove three nuts, six washers, and three screws from dust boot (Figure 8-23). NOTE: Before performing step 3, put scribe marks showing the position of the yoke relative to the ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 506

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-15 ® 05745159 PO W ER STEERING PUMP AND PULLEY REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Disconnect return lines and high pressure line from back of pump (Figure 8-24). 2. Remove serpentine belt from power steering pump pulley. 3. Using puller J – 25034-C or equivalent, remove pulley from ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 507

8-16 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® PO W ER STEERING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM PRESSURE AND RETUR N HOSE REPLACEMENT NOTE: Removal and installation procedures are basically the same for all hydraulic system pressure and return hoses. This procedure covers the power steering pump to hydro-boost re- turn hose and ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 508

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-17 ® 05745159 PO W ER STEERING COOLER AND COOLER HOSE REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Disconnect two hoses from cooler (Figure 8-28). 2. Remove cooling fan for access into fan shroud. 3. Remove two nuts, four washers, reinforcement plate, two bolts, and cooler. 4. Disconnect hose a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 509

8-18 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® PO W ER STEERING GEAR SER VICE The Saginaw recirculating ball, power steering gear (Figure 8-29), is a fully serviceable component. The gear can be adjusted, or overhauled as needed. Overhaul requires that the gear be removed from the vehicle as repair can only be pe ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 510

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-19 ® 05745159 PO W ER STEERING SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS CHAR TS The diagnosis charts are guidelines to potential system faults. The charts list potential faults in order of probability (most probable to least probable). While the charts outline common faults, they may not cover al ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 511

8-20 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® Table 2 Power Steering Diagnosis Chart - part 2 Problem Possible Cause Correction “Hiss” Noise 1. Noisy relief v alve in the pump. 1. There is some noise in all power steering systems. One of the most common is a hissing sound most e vident at standstill parking. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 512

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-21 ® 05745159 Table 3 Power Steering Diagnosis Chart - part 3 Problem P ossible Cause Corr ection Lo w Oil Pressure Due to Restriction in the Hose 1. Check for kinks in hose. 2. Foreign object stuck in the hose. 1. Remov e the kinks or replace the hose. 2. Remov e the fore ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 513

8-22 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® PURG ING AIR FR OM THE PO W ER STEER ING SYSTEM Air must be bled from the system before pressure testing and anytime the hoses are disconnected or the pump and/or gear is removed for service. Procedure is as follows: 1. All hose connections must be tight. Loose conne ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 514

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-23 ® 05745159 13. Turn steering wheel lightly against each stop and record maximum pressure. a. If pressure at each stop is about the same as recorded in step 10, and flow drops to 0.5 gpm (1.85 L/min.), continue with test. b. If pressures does not reach maximum recorded i ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 515

8-24 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® Gear Housing End Plug Remo v al 1. Rotate end plug retaining ring until one end is under small access hole in housing (Figure 8-32). Figure 8-32: End Plug Retaining Ring Removal 2. Unseat end plug retaining ring with small pin punch and screwdriver (Figure 8-32). Ins ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 516

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-25 ® 05745159 Figure 8-35: Adjuster Plug Removal 3. Remove thrust bearing retainer by prying it up and out at raised point on retainer (Figure 8-36). Figure 8-36: Adjuster Plug Thrust Bearing Retainer Removal 4. Remove bearing spacer, thrust bearing and races, and O- ring ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 517

8-26 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® Rack Piston Remo v al and Disassembly 1. Rotate stub shaft counterclockwise until rack piston is e ven with seal groov e in open end of housing. Do not allo w the rack piston to extend out of the housing. It only needs to be about 1/4 inch from the end. 2. Remove rac ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 518

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-27 ® 05745159 V alv e Body-Stub Shaft-W or mshaft Remo v al and Disassembly 1. Grasp splined end of stub shaft and carefully rotate v alve body/stub shaft assembly out of gear housing. 2. If wormshaft remained engaged in stub shaft cap, disengage and remove wormshaft at th ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 519

8-28 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® Pitman Shaft Bearing and Seal Remov al 1. Remov e seal retaining ring with internal-type snap ring pliers. 2. Remove first backup washer (Figure 8-46). Figure 8-46: Pitman Shaft Bearing and Seal Position 3. Remove seals, second backup washer, and bearing with tool J ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 520

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-29 ® 05745159 Figure 8-48: Power Steering Gear Components END PLUG END PLUG RACK PISTON RACK PISTON ADJUSTER SIDE COVER GASKET ADJUSTER SCREW PITMAN HOSE WORMSHAFT WORMSHAFT RACES PITMAN SHAFT SINGLE-LIP DOUBLE-LIP SNAP SEAL RINGS O-RINGS VALVE SPOOL VALVE STUB STUB SHAFT ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 521

8-30 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® PO W ER STEERING GEAR ASSEMBLY AND ADJUSTMENT Gear Housing Hose Seat Replacement The hose seats in the gear housing (Figure 8-49), can be re- placed when necessary. Procedure is as follows: 1. Thread appropriate size pan head, hardened sheet metal scre w into seat. 2 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 522

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-31 ® 05745159 Figure 8-51: Pitman Shaft Seal Installation Rack Piston Assembly 1. Lubricate rack piston bore in gear housing and ne w O-ring and seal ring with po wer steering ﬂ uid. 2. Install new backup O-ring in rack piston seal groove. 3. Install new teflon seal ring ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 523

8-32 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® Figure 8-54: Assembling Remaining Bearing Balls and Ball Guides 7. Remove wormshaft and temporarily install arbor tool J – 21552 as follows: a. Insert arbor tool J – 21552 into rack piston end plug hole. b. Hold arbor tool firmly against wormshaft and turn wormsh ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 524

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-33 ® 05745159 6. Install stub shaft in valve body as follows: a. Insert stub shaft into valve body. b. Leave approximately 1/4 inch (6 mm) space between stub shaft cap and valve body for access to pin (Figure 8-57). c. Align and engage stub shaft pin in valve spool pin bor ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 525

8-34 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® Figure 8-59: Aligning and Seating Stub Shaft In Valve Body 8. Install O-ring on stub shaft cap (Figure 8-63). 9. Align slot in valve body with pin in wormshaft flange and insert wormshaft into valve body (Figure 8-63). Be sure wormshaft flange is fully seated in stub ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 526

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-35 ® 05745159 Figure 8-62: Adjuster Plug Assembly Sequence Figure 8-63: Seating Adjuster Plug Retainer Gear Housing Assembly 1. Lubricate wormshaft, stub shaft-v alve body , rack piston, and adjuster plug with po wer steering ﬂ uid. 2. Install wormshaft and stub shaft/va ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 527

8-36 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® Figure 8-64: Positioning End Plug Retaining Ring in Housing PO W ER STEERING GEAR ADJUSTMENTS There are two steering gear adjustments which are: wormshaft bearing preload and pitman shaft overcenter preload. The ad- justments must be performed in the correct sequence ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 528

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-37 ® 05745159 Figure 8-66: Placing First Index Mark On Housing 6. Measure back counterclockwise 1/2 inch (13 mm) from first index mark and scribe a second index mark on gear housing (Figure 8-67). Figure 8-67: Placing Second Index Mark On Housing 7. Back off adjuster plug ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 529

8-38 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® Pitman Shaft Over center Preload T orque Adjustment 1. Loosen locknut on pitman shaft adjuster scre w . 2. Turn adjuster screw counterclockwise until fully extended. Then turn screw one full turn clockwise. 3. Rotate stub shaft from stop-to-stop and count number of t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 530

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-39 ® 05745159 PO W ER STEERING PUMP REPAIR Disassembly (Figures 8-72 through 8-77) 1. Suction ﬂ uid from reserv oir and disconnect ﬂ uid reservoir hose from pump. 2. Remove power steering pump pulley and bracket. 3. Drain fluid from pump assembly (Figure 8-72). 4. Remo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 531

8-40 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® Figure 8-74: “O” Ring Seal Removal 12. Remove retaining ring from pump body (Figure 8-75). 13. Remove end plate and pressure plate spring from pump body. Figure 8-75: End Plate Removal CA UTION: If end of driveshaft in steering pump housing is corroded, clean wit ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 532

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-41 ® 05745159 Cleaning and Inspection (Figure 8-78) NOTE: Clean all components, examine for wear or dam- age, and replace if necessary. 1. Inspect ﬂ ow control v alv e and valv e spring for damage. 2. Inspect studs for damage. 3. Inspect fitting for damage. 4. Inspect ho ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 533

8-42 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® Assembly (Figures 8-72 through 8-83) NOTE: For general assembly instructions refer to Sec- tion 2. 1. Install O-ring seal in bottom groov e of pump body (Figure 8-79). 2. Install driveshaft seal in pump body. 3. Install rotor on thrust plate. 4. Insert splined end of ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 534

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-43 ® 05745159 12. Install O-ring seal in center groove in pump body (Figure 8-80). 13. Install pressure plate spring in pump body. 14. Install end plate and retaining ring in pump body. Figure 8-80: End Plate Installation 15. Install magnet in pump body (Figure 8-81). 16. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 535

8-44 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® PO W ER STEERING SYSTEM FLUSHING The power steering system can be flushed but only when the fluid does not contain metal particles, foreign material, or de- bris from a gear or pump failure. Flushing is recommended only under the following circumstances: • incorrec ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 536

_________________________________________________________ Steering System 8-45 ® 05745159 ESSENTIAL T OOLS Procure from Kent-Moore. T ool Description J–24319-B Steering Linkage and T ie-Rod Puller J–25033-C Pump Pulle y Installer J–33141 Adapter Fittings (used with J–25323) J–25034-C Pump Pulle y Remover J–25323 Po wer Steering System ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 537

8-46 Steering System __________________________________________________________ ® SPECIAL T OOLS Procure from Kent-Moore. T ool Description J–6219 Pitman Shaft Seal Installer J–6221 Stub Shaft Bearing and Seal Remover/Installer J–6278 (or J–21551) Pitman Shaft Bearing Remov er/Installer J–7624 Spanner Wrench (Adjuster Plug) J–7754-C In ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 538

________________________________________________________________________________ 9-1 ® 05745159 Section 9 Axles , Suspension, and Frame T ABLE OF CONTENTS Airlift Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48, 9-49 Axle Output Shaft Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25 Pinion Seal Replaceme ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 539

9-2 Axles, Suspension, and Frame ___________________________________________ ® SUSPENSION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The HUMMER suspension system consists of a heavy-duty coil spring, a heavy-duty hydraulic shock absorber, and an up- per and lower control arm at each wheel. This suspension sys- tem provides for a smoother ride and allows for more positive ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 540

__________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-3 ® 05745159 RADIUS ROD REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e wheel. 2. Remove cotter pin, slotted nut, and washer securing radius rod to geared hub (Figure 9-4). 3. Using puller J–24319-B or equivalent, separate radius rod from geared hub. 4. Remove locknut, washers, bolt, and r ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 541

9-4 Axles, Suspension, and Frame ___________________________________________ ® UPPER BALL JOINT REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e wheel. 2. Raise and support lower control arm. 3. Disconnect the p-clamp securing the vent line and speed sensor lead to the upper control arm. 4. Remove cotter pin and slotted nut from upper ball joint (Figure 9-6). 5. Re ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 542

__________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-5 ® 05745159 LOW ER BALL JOINT REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e wheel. 2. Raise and support lower control arm (Figure 9-8). 3. Remove cotter pin and slotted nut from lower ball joint. Discard cotter pin. 4. Remove four locknuts, bolts, eight washers and lower ball joint from l ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 543

9-6 Axles, Suspension, and Frame ___________________________________________ ® Installation 1. Install upper control arm on brackets with two w ashers, eccentrics, bolts, and locknuts. Align reference holes (from remov al step 8) on eccentrics with marks on brack- ets. Do not tighten locknuts (Figure 9-10). 2. Secure upper ball joint to upper cont ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 544

__________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-7 ® 05745159 CONTROL ARM BUSHING REPLACEMENT Removal NOTE: Control arm bushings must be replaced as a set (Figure 9-11). 1. Remov e control arm. 2. Support control arm and press bushing out of control arm. Installation 1. Lubricate outside diameter of bushing with grease. 2. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 545

9-8 Axles, Suspension, and Frame ___________________________________________ ® Installation W ARNING: Low er control arm must be supported dur- ing removal and installation. F ailure to support lower control arm may cause personal injury or damage to equipment. NOTE: On lower control arms, bolt heads are toward front of vehicle. 1. Install lo wer ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 546

__________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-9 ® 05745159 Installation W ARNING: T o avoid injury and damage to equip- ment, support geared hub during removal and installa- tion. 1. Position geared hub between upper and lo wer control arms and secure upper ball joint to geared hub with slotted nut, but do not tighten ( ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 547

9-10 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Figure 9-16: Tie Rod End Into Geared Hub Figure 9-17: Vent Line 11. Secure vent line, speed sensor lead and clamp to geared hub with washer and bolt. Tighten bolt to 38 lb-ft (52 N•m) (the left side of vehicle uses two p-clamps to secure the speed sensor lead to the ge ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 548

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-11 ® 05745159 GEARED HUB SIDE CO VER REPLACEMENT NOTE: Geared hub side cover replacement procedures are basically the same for front and rear covers. This procedure covers the front side cover. Removal 1. Remov e wheel. 2. Remove drainplug from geared hub and drain geared hub ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 549

9-12 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Figure 9-21: Input Seal Installation Installation 1. Using dri ver handle J – 8092 and input seal installer J-44905, install input seal in dri ve gear retainer . Place the ne w primary seal on the installer with the seamed side of the stainless steel perimeter facing t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 550

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-13 ® 05745159 Figure 9-24: Dial Indicator Positioning 5. Remove four bolts, washers, and steering arm cover from geared hub (Figure 9-25). 6. Remove clamp nut lock screw from clamp nut. 7. Using clampnut socket SBAS-07M, remove clamp nut and keyed washer from spindle. NOTE: It ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 551

9-14 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Figure 9-27: Input Seal Removal Inspection NOTE: Clean all components, examine for wear or damage, and replace if necessary. Drive and driven gears must be re- placed as matched set (Figure 9-28). 1. Inspect splines and gear teeth on dri ve gear and dri ven gear for dama ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 552

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-15 ® 05745159 Assembly 1. Place the ne w output seal on the installer J – 44906, with the seamed side of the stainless steel perimeter facing to ward the geared hub and driv e the seal in until the installer bottoms out on the geared hub surface. The seal will be recessed in ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 553

9-16 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® incorrect, add or subtract shim gaskets and recheck end play. 8. Install driven gear and bearing spacer in geared hub (Figure 9-33). Figure 9-33: Geared Hub Driven Gear Installation 9. Install outer bearing spacer on spindle. 10. Lower geared hub onto spindle and align s ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 554

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-17 ® 05745159 23. Clean sealing surfaces on geared hub and side cover. Apply anaerobic sealer to side cover and install on geared hub (Figure 9-34). Figure 9-34: Geared Hub Side Cover Removal NOTE: Make sure bolts and holes are free of old Loctite. 24. Apply thread-locking com ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 555

9-18 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® 6. Remove spindle, bearing spacer, inner bearing, and outer bearing spacer from geared hub. 7. Remove spindle seal from geared hub. Discard spindle seal (Figure 9-38). Figure 9-38: Spindle Seal Removal Cleaning and Inspection 1. Inspect spindle for rough or corroded seal ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 556

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-19 ® 05745159 16. Apply thread-locking compound to bolt threads and install steering arm cover on geared hub with four washers and bolts. Tighten bolts to 65 lb-ft (88 N•m). 17. Remove fill plug and washer from geared hub (Figure 9-40). Figure 9-40: Geared Hub Fill Plug Loca ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 557

9-20 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Figure 9-42: Clampnut Installation 11. Loosen and retighten clampnut to 25 lb-ft (34 N•m). NOTE: Ensure clampnut does not move while clampnut lock screw is being tightened. 12. Using a hexagon-head socket and pre-set calibrated torque wrench, tighten clampnut lock scre ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 558

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-21 ® 05745159 GEARED HUB SPINDLE STUD REPLACEMENT W ARNING: Always w ear eye protection when replac- ing spindle studs. Severe eye injury may result if metal chips contact eyes. Removal 1. Remov e wheel. 2. Rotate spindle to allow clearance for removal of stud from spindle (Fi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 559

9-22 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Installation 1. Position outer boot and two clamps on shaft near outer joint. 2. Apply packet of grease to outer joint. 3. Position outer boot over outer joint housing and secure clamp with boot banding tool J–22610. 4. Secure smaller clamp on boot and shaft with tool ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 560

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-23 ® 05745159 11. Position joint inner housing over bearing assembly. NOTE: Ensure all ball bearings are in the tracks of the inner joint. 12. Secure retainer ring in groove of inner joint housing. 13. Fill inner joint with grease from grease packet. 14. Move inner boot on sha ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 561

9-24 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® GEARED HUB V ENT LINE REPLACEMENT NOTE: All geared hub vent line replacement procedures are basically the same. This procedure covers the right rear geared hub vent line. Removal NOTE: Speed sensor lead is retained by the vent line clamps and should be removed and reinst ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 562

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-25 ® 05745159 AXLE ASSEMBLY CO V ER SER VICE Removal 1. Remov e drainplug from axle assembly and drain axle assembly (Figure 9-53). 2. Remove twelve bolts and cover from axle assembly. Figure 9-53: Axle Assembly Cover Service Cleaning and Inspection NOTE: Clean all components, ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 563

9-26 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® PINION SEAL REPLACEMENT NOTE: Removal and installation procedures for pinion seals are basically the same for front and rear axle assemblies. This procedure covers the rear axle assembly pinion seal. Removal 1. Remov e six bolts, cam-lock washers, and halfshaft from each ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 564

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-27 ® 05745159 W ARNING: Axle assembly must be supported during removal and installation. F ailure to do this may cause personal injury or damage to equipment. 7. Support axle assembly. 8. Remove four bolts and washers securing axle assembly to side mounting brackets. 9. Lower ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 565

9-28 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Figure 9-59: Rear Axle Assembly Installation 4. Raise axle assembly into place and connect vent line. 5. Apply thread-locking compound to axle assembly tapped holes. Install axle assembly on side mounting brackets with four washers and bolts. 6. Secure two output flanges ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 566

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-29 ® 05745159 Figure 9-62: Axle Mounted In Holding Fixture 7. Position housing so cover faces up. Remove twelve bolts and cover from housing (Figure 9-62). 8. Mark bearing caps and housing for assembly and remove bearing caps (Figure 9-63). Figure 9-63: Housing Spreader Mounti ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 567

9-30 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Figure 9-66: Axle Housing 15. Remove pinion nut and pinion yoke from pinion gear. 16. Drive pinion gear out of front pinion bearing. 17. Remove cover, pinion gear, and collapsible spacer from housing. Discard collapsible spacer. 18. Remove pinion seal and front pinion be ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 568

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-31 ® 05745159 Figure 9-70: Pinion Bearing Removal 21. Remove two differential side bearings from differential assembly (Figure 9-69). 22. Remove rear pinion bearing from pinion gear (Figure 9-70). 23. Remove bearing from output shaft (Figure 9-71). Figure 9-71: Output Shaft Be ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 569

9-32 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Figure 9-79: Differential Assembly Axle Assembly NOTE: PINION DEPTH SETTING : Pinion gear depth is the distance from the end face of the pinion to the center line of the output shafts. The dimension is controlled by shims between pinion gear rear bearing cup and differen ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 570

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-33 ® 05745159 5. Lubricate outside diameter of front pinion bearing cup with lubricating oil. Using driver handle J–8092 and bearing cup installer J–8611-01, install cup in housing. 6. Install rear pinion bearing on pinion gear (Figure 9-83). Figure 9-83: Pinion Rear Beari ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 571

9-34 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® 10. Install two bearing caps and four bolts in housing and finger tighten bolts. 11. Install the dial indicator on the arbor post. Push the dial indicator downward until the needle rotates approximately one full turn clockwise. Tighten the dial indicator in this position ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 572

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-35 ® 05745159 Figure 9-88: Pinion Depth Variance Number Location 21. Subtract desired pinion depth (step 14) from total measured pinion depth (step 15). Result of this subtraction is correct pinion depth shim thickness. 22. Lubricate pinion front bearing and pinion seal with g ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 573

9-36 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Figure 9-91: Rear Pinion Bearing Location CA UTION: Collapsible spacer controls pinion bearing pre- load. Do not reuse old spacer, or pinion bearing damage may result. 26. Install collapsible spacer on pinion gear and install pinion gear in housing. 27. Install pinion yo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 574

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-37 ® 05745159 33. Install differential assembly, bearing cups, and shims in housing. 34. Install two bearing caps and four bolts in housing. Snug bolts. 35. Mount dial indicator on housing and position indicator to read off ring gear mounting surface of differential assembly ( ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 575

9-38 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Figure 9-97: Checking Ring Gear Backlash NOTE: Backlash must be checked at four equally spaced points on ring gear and must not vary more than 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) between four points checked. 50. Move ring gear back and forth while holding pinion yoke stationary. Note ba ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 576

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-39 ® 05745159 59. Preload differential side bearings by increasing shim thickness at each side of differential assembly by 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) for a total bearing preload of 0.008 in. (0.20 mm) (Figure 9-96). 60. Lubricate side bearings with gear oil and install differential a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 577

9-40 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® FRONT PR OPELLER SHAFT AND U-JOINT SER VICE Front Shaft Removal 1. Remov e U-joint clamp bolts and straps. Then disconnect shaft yoke (Figure 9-104). Figure 9-104: Front Propeller Shaft Attachment at Axle 2. Remove U-bolt nuts and disconnect front shaft from transfer cas ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 578

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-41 ® 05745159 7. Clean part with solvent. 8. Inspect shaft, slip yokes and U-joints for wear or damage. 9. Replace worn U-joints. Refer to procedure in this section. 10. Install shield on shaft. 11. Start new center bearing on shaft. Figure 9-108: Center Bearing Removal/Instal ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 579

9-42 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® U-JOINT REPLACEMENT 1. Remov e propeller shaft. 2. Remove grease fitting from cross (Figure 9-111). 3. Remove two bearing cups from cross (rear shaft only). 4. Remove snap rings from bearings in yoke. 5. Position propeller shaft in vise with 1-1/8 socket between vise jaw ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 580

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-43 ® 05745159 COIL SPRING REPLACEMENT NOTE: The procedure for removing and installing all four coil springs is basically the same. This procedure covers the left front coil spring. NOTE: Various load capacity springs are used in the Hummer based on powertrain and option packag ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 581

9-44 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® SHOCK ABSORBER REPLACEMENT NOTE: The procedure for removing and installing all shock absorbers is the same, except rear lower shock pins must be in- stalled with head of pin facing rearward. This procedure covers the left front shock absorber. Removal 1. Remov e two bolt ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 582

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-45 ® 05745159 FRONT BUMPER AND T OWING BRAC K ETS REPLACEMENT (V EHICLES WITHOUT W INCH) Removal 1. Remov e brushguard, if equipped. 2. Remove four locknuts, washers, bolts, washers, two towing brackets, and front bumper from mounting brackets (Figure 9-115). Installation 1. I ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 583

9-46 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® FRONT BUMPER MOUNTING BRAC K ET REPLACEMENT Removal NOTE: Mark location of bolts for installation. 1. Support hood in position with jacks. 2. Remove three locknuts, washers, bolts, and washers securing mounting bracket to frame rail (Figure 9-117). 3. Remove two locknuts ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 584

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-47 ® 05745159 LIFTING SHACKLE REPLACEMENT Removal Remove cotter pin, slotted nut, bolt, spring washer, and shackle from tiedown bracket. Discard cotter pin (Figure 9-119). Installation 1. Install shackle on tiedo wn bracket with spring washer , bolt, and slotted nut. T ighten ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 585

9-48 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® LEFT AIRLIFT BRACK ET AND FRONT UPPER CONTROL ARM BRACK ETS REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e left engine splash shield (Section 10). 2. Raise and support front of vehicle. 3. Remove three screws and clamps securing harness to airlift bracket (Figure 9-121). 4. Remove two l ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 586

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-49 ® 05745159 RIGHT AIRLIFT BRACK ET AND FRONT UPPER CONTROL ARM BRACK ETS REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e battery tray (Section 12). 2. Raise and support front of vehicle. 3. Remove two locknuts, washers, and bolts securing radiator support to airlift bracket (Figure 9-122). W ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 587

9-50 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® FRONT SUSPENSION BRACE REPLACEMENT (V EHICLES WITHOUT WINCH) Removal W ARNING: T o av oid personal injury or equipment damage, support lo wer control arm during removal and installation. 1. Remov e locknut, washer , bolt, and washer securing brace to frame rail (Figure 9 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 588

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-51 ® 05745159 SPLASH SHIELD SUPPORT BRACK ET REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e locknut, washer , bolt, and washer securing splash shie ld to b rack et (Figure 9-125). NOTE: Note direction of bolts for installation. 2. Remove two locknuts, washers, bolts, washers, and bracket from ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 589

9-52 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® REAR BUMPER REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e swing-away spare tire carrier , if equipped (Sec- tion 6). 2. Remove rear license plate bracket (Section 10). 3. Remove trailer hitch, if equipped (Section 13). 4. Remove two locknuts, washers, bolts, and washers securing traile ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 590

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-53 ® 05745159 SPRING SEAT REPLACEMENT NOTE: Replacement of the four spring seats is basically the same. This procedure covers the right front spring seat. Removal 1. Remov e coil spring. 2. Remove four locknuts, washers, bolts, spring bracket, and front spring seat from frame ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 591

9-54 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® LEFT ENG INE MOUNT BRAC K ET REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e two bolts securing brake line and oil line clamps to engine mount bracket (Figure 9-129). 2. Remove two locknuts and washers securing engine mount bracket to insulator. CA UTION: To avoid engine oil pan damage, ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 592

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-55 ® 05745159 RIGHT ENG INE MOUNT BRAC K ET REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e right engine mount and insulator (Section 2). 2. Remove two locknuts, washers, bolts, and washers securing support bracket to engine mount bracket (Figure 9-131). 3. Remove bolt securing vent tube clamp ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 593

9-56 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® T RANSMISSION MOUNT CROSSMEMBER REPLACEMENT Removal CA UTION: To prevent equipment damage during removal and installation of transmission mount crossmember, transmission must be supported. 1. Place support under transmission and remov e two lock- nuts, washers, bolts, an ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 594

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-57 ® 05745159 RIGHT INTERMEDIATE BODY MOUNT BRACK ET REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e right intermediate body mount (Section 10). 2. Remove three bolts, washers, and body mount bracket from frame rail (Figure 9-135). Figure 9-135: Right Intermediate Body Mount Bracket Replacemen ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 595

9-58 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® REAR -REAR TIEDOWN BRACK ET REPLACEMENT Removal Remove two locknuts, washers, bolts, washers, and tie-down bracket from frame rail (Figure 9-137). Installation Install tiedown bracket on frame rail with two washers, bolts, washers, and locknuts. Tighten locknuts to 261 l ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 596

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-59 ® 05745159 REAR -FRONT TIEDO WN BRACK ET REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e wheel (Section 6). 2. Remove four locknuts, washers, bolts, washers, and tiedown bracket from frame rail (Figure 9-140). 3. Remove two locknuts, washers, bolts, washers, vent tube/ speed sensor lead mou ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 597

9-60 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Figure 9-142: Side Mounting Bracket Removal Figure 9-143: Support Bracket Replacement FRONT SUSPENSION FR ONT CROSSMEMBER REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e front lower control arms. 2. Remove lower radiator hose. 3. Remove horn. 4. Remove radiator front mounting bracket. 5. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 598

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-61 ® 05745159 Installation 1. Position left and right crossmember mounting brackets on crossmember (Figure 9-145). 2. Install crossmember and mounting brackets on frame rails with four washers, bolts, washers, and locknuts. Do not tighten locknuts. 3. Install left and right mo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 599

9-62 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Figure 9-147: Rear Crossmember Replacement Installation 1. Install left and right rear crossmember mounting brackets on rear crossmember (Figure 9-147). 2. Install rear crossmember and mounting brackets on frame rails. 3. Apply thread-locking compound to hole and secure ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 600

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-63 ® 05745159 W ARNING: T o av oid personal injury , support cross- member during removal. 8. Loosen six locknuts securing front crossmember to crossmember mounting brackets. 9. Slide front crossmember down and out from under vehicle. 10. Remove six locknuts, washers, bolts, w ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 601

9-64 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® FRAME INSPECTION General Information The frame rails are constructed by arc-welding two “C” chan- nels of preformed steel together to form a box cross section. The frame rails are internally reinforced at bolt hole locations by bushings or full cross-section spacers ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 602

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-65 ® 05745159 VERTICAL (SIDE VIEW) MEASUREMENT 1. Select a hard and le vel surface area 1-1/2 times the size of the vehicle. 2. Raise vehicle at four points until all four wheels are off the surface. W ARNING: When using shim material with jack- stands, the shim material must ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 603

9-66 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® NOTE: Strings used for this horizontal bow measurement will remain in place until the next measurement (Frame Skew) is completed. To maintain the integrity of the measurements, the string must be pulled tight and secured. 4. Stretch string tightly on floor between front ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 604

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-67 ® 05745159 METHOD 2 1. Position a string across a plumb bob point on each of the frame rail strings (Figure 9-155). 2. Place a square with one leg coincident with a frame rail string (Figure 9-155). 3. Run a line or string along other leg of square to opposite frame rail st ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 605

9-68 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Figure 9-156: Crack Repair Bends 1. Do not attempt to repair a bend when: • Buckling to a height of 1/4-inch (6 mm) on any one face of the frame rail is involved. • The bending also includes more than minor twisting. • The frame rail is bent in two directions. • ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 606

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-69 ® 05745159 Straightening 1. When performing straightening repairs with the frame on the vehicle: • Use spreader plates or wood blocking to distribute chain force to avoid damage to frame box section. • Be sure to loosen sufficient length of frame to allow frame force po ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 607

9-70 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® WINCH (OPTION) PRIOR TO VIN 186477 Winch T r oubleshooting Winch Inoperative 1. Check for jammed winch cable. 2. Check winch control cable connector for corrosion or loose connection. Clean corroded connector or secure loose connection. 3. Check for loose or damaged winc ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 608

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-71 ® 05745159 5. Remove two bolts and clamps securing winch cables to winch. 6. Remove three bolts and control box cover from winch. NOTE: It may be necessary to remove plastic coating com- pound from winch in order to perform steps 7 and 8. 7. Remove capscrew, washer, and neg ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 609

9-72 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Winch Assembly Repair Disassembly 1. Remov e winch and winch cable. NOTE: Tag leads for assembly. NOTE: It may be necessary to remove plastic coating from winch in order to perform steps 2 through 5. 2. Remove three nuts and control leads from motor (Figure 9-162). Figur ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 610

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-73 ® 05745159 11. Loosen set screw that retains brake. 12. Push brake through open end of drum and remove (Figure 9-165). 13. Remove driveshaft from gear train assembly (Figure 9-166). 14. Turn gear train assembly over with gear end drum support down. Remove ten hex-head screw ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 611

9-74 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Inspection 1. Inspect drum for damage to splined end ﬂanges and tube (Figure 9-169). Replace winch if damaged. Figure 9-169: Drum Assembly and Gear Housing Assembly 2. Inspect gear end and motor end drum supports for damage. Replace if damaged. 3. Inspect gear housing ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 612

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-75 ® 05745159 Assembly 1. Position 85 to 87 steel balls in groov e of intermediate ring gear and install intermediate ring gear in gear housing (Figure 9-172). Figure 9-172: Intermediate Ring Gear and Gear Housing 2. Install retaining rings in gear housing. 3. Apply light oil ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 613

9-76 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® 17. With drum horizontal, install brake into drum. 18. Tighten brake retaining set screw to 18-22 ft-lb (24-30 N•m) torque. 19. Install two nylon thrust washers on drum. 20. Install drum assembly on gear train assembly. Rotate drum assembly as needed to engage drivesha ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 614

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-77 ® 05745159 Figure 9-178: Control Leads Figure 9-179: Control Unit and Motor 4. Remove clamp from motor. 5. Place winch on end with motor end up (Figure 9-180). 6. Remove two bolt assemblies and rear cover from motor housing. NOTE: Perform steps 7 through 11 only if replacin ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 615

9-78 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® 3. Secure brush assembly power stud to motor housing with insulator, washer, lockwasher, and nut. 4. Coat armature shaft with lubricant and install in brush assembly. 5. Coat head of electric thermal switch with lubricant and connect to two electric thermal switch leads ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 616

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-79 ® 05745159 WINCH (OPTION) VIN 186477 AND LATER NOTE: Individual parts may not be available for some of the following repair procedures. Assemblies must be used in place of individual parts. Check for parts availability before disas- sembly. Winch T r oubleshooting Winch Ino ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 617

9-80 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® 4. Remove four nuts, washers, bolts, and winch from front bumper (Figure 9-186). Figure 9-186: Winch and Winch Cables 5. Remove two bolts and clamps securing winch cables to winch. 6. Remove bolt and control box cover from winch. 7. Remove capscrew, washer, and negative ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 618

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-81 ® 05745159 Winch Assembly Repair Disassembly 1. Remov e winch and winch cable. NOTE: Tag leads for assembly. 2. Remove three nuts and control leads from motor (Figure 9-188). Figure 9-188: Control Leads 3. Loosen clamps and remove control from motor (Figure 9-189). Figure 9 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 619

9-82 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® 11. Loosen set screw that retains brake. 12. Push brake through open end of drum and remove (Figure 9-191). 13. Remove driveshaft from gear train assembly (Figure 9-192). 14. Turn gear train assembly over with gear end drum support down. Remove ten hex-head screws and ge ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 620

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-83 ® 05745159 Inspection 1. Inspect drum for damage to splined end ﬂanges and tube (Figure 9-195). Replace winch if damaged. Figure 9-195: Drum Assembly and Gear Housing Assembly 2. Inspect gear end and motor end drum supports for damage. Replace if damaged. 3. Inspect gear ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 621

9-84 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Assembly 1. Position 85 to 87 steel balls in groov e of intermediate ring gear and install intermediate ring gear in gear housing (Figure 9-198). Figure 9-198: Intermediate Ring Gear and Gear Housing 2. Install retaining rings in gear housing. 3. Apply light oil to steel ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 622

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-85 ® 05745159 17. With drum horizontal, install brake into drum (Figure 9-201). 18. Tighten brake retaining set screw to 18-22 ft-lb (24-30 N•m) torque. 19. Install two nylon thrust washers on drum. 20. Install drum assembly on gear train assembly. Rotate drum assembly as ne ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 623

9-86 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® Figure 9-204: Control Leads Figure 9-205: Control Unit and Motor 4. Remove clamps from motor. 5. Place winch on end with motor end up (Figure 9-208). 6. Remove two bolt assemblies and rear cover from motor housing. NOTE: Perform steps 7 through 11 only if replacing brush ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 624

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-87 ® 05745159 3. Secure brush assembly power stud to motor housing with insulator, washer, lockwasher, and nut. 4. Coat armature shaft with lubricant and install in brush assembly. 5. Coat head of electric thermal switch with lubricant and connect to two electric thermal switc ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 625

9-88 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® ESSENTIAL TOOLS Procure from Kent-Moore. TOOL DESCRIPTION J–8092 Uni versal Dri ver Handle J–24319-B Steering Linkage and T ie Rod Puller J–8001 Dial Indicator J–29162 Rear Retainer Seal Installer J–44905 Input Seal Installer J–8614-O1 Y o ke Holding T ool (i ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 626

________________________________________ Axles, Suspension, and Frame 9-89 ® 05745159 SPECIAL T OOLS Procure from Kent-Moore. J–22610 J–3409-01 PART OF J–3409-01 J–21787 J–8611-01 J–8608 J–21786 J–24385-01 J–39524 J–33142 J–35237 J–29162 TOOL DESCRIPTION J–33142 Axle Shaft and Seal Installer J–21786 Pinion Rear Bearing ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 627

9-90 Axles, Suspension, and Frame _________________________________________ ® THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 628

_______________________________________________________________________________ 10-1 ® 05745159 Section 10 Body T ABLE OF CONTENTS Airlift to Hood Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-51 Armrest Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-24 Ashtray Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 629

10-2 Body _______________________________________________________________________ ® Rear License Plate Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 Rear Striker Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 Rear Support Bow Bracket, Station Wagon . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-61 Rear Vertical Door Door Frame and S ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 630

______________________________________________________________________ Body 10-3 ® 05745159 BODY INSPECTION AND REPAIR General Information Damaged areas should be thoroughly cleaned and inspected to determine the cause and extent of damage. Body parts should be inspected for holes, cracks, dents, distortion, or breaks. Fas- teners should be inspec ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 631

10-4 Body _______________________________________________________________________ ® Lockbolt F astener F ailure Lockbolts are used to withstand tension loads and high-shear loads. These fasteners are installed in their holes with an inter- ference fit. No looseness can be permitted. Lockbolts showing evidence of being stretched, broken, loose in t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 632

______________________________________________________________________ Body 10-5 ® 05745159 Table 1: Drill Bit Sizes for Solid Shank Rivets Rivet Diameter Drill Bit Size Drill Bit Diameter 0.0625 in. (1.65 mm) # 51 0.0670 in. (1.70 mm) 0.0938 in. (2.38 mm) # 41 0.0960 in. (2.44 mm) 0.1250 in. (3.18 mm) # 30 0.1295 in. (3.29 mm) 0.1563 in. (3.97 mm ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 633

10-6 Body _______________________________________________________________________ ® Hole Countersinking NOTE: Some rivet installations in the body require the rivet to be flush with the rivet material surface. In these instances, countersunk or flush-head rivets are used. 1. When using countersunk ri vets, ri vet holes must be coun- tersunk with a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 634

______________________________________________________________________ Body 10-7 ® 05745159 Blind Rivet Installation NOTE: Ensure the proper rivet grip length is selected for each application (Table 6). Rivets can tolerate only 0.0468 in. (1.19 mm) variation in material thickness for each particular rivet length. For double dimpled sheets, add cou ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 635

10-8 Body _______________________________________________________________________ ® Aluminum Repair CA UTION: Body repairs should not be made using welding or heat for forming. Heat will only weaken the material and lead to further problems. Material Aluminum material used for repairs should be of the same al- loy and temper as the original if pos ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 636

______________________________________________________________________ Body 10-9 ® 05745159 Figure 10-2: Rivet Loads in Shear Figure 10-3: Bolts Replacing Rivets Repair Parts 1. Paint repair parts or patches with epoxy primer before installation. 2. Apply sealing compound to mating surfaces to prevent corrosion. 3. Install part or patch. 4. Paint ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 637

10-10 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 10-4: Patching Figure 10-5: Patching Cracked Areas Figure 10-6: Proper Rivet Distance Repair by Insertion For damage that is large or more severe in nature than a crack or hole, it is often desirable to remove damaged area, insert a piece of material into re ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 638

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-11 ® 05745159 Figure 10-9: Damaged Body Area Figure 10-10: Sideview of Doubler Fiberglass Repair General Information The HUMMER hood and engine access cover are made of fi- berglass (sheet molding compound). Crack, splits, or holes may be repaired with a glass reinforced ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 639

10-12 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Repair 1. Repairing cracks or splits. W ARNING: When sanding ﬁberglass, personal protec- tive equipment (respirator , goggles/shield, glov es, cov er- alls, etc.) must be used. F ailure to do this may result in injury . a. Using sandpaper, remove dirt and paint 3 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 640

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-13 ® 05745159 CENTER CONSOLE REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e four screw/w ashers from center console. (Figure 10-12). 2. Slide center console back (toward rear seating area) far enough for rear air vents to clear plenum. 3. Lift console from tunnel. Installation 1. Carefu ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 641

10-14 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 10-14: Glovebox Mounting Installation 1. Assemble console as follo ws: a. Insert faceplate, radio, support plate and climate control panel (as one assembly) into front console and secure with screw/washers. b. Remove screw from back of radio and use it to se ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 642

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-15 ® 05745159 Crashpad Replacement (Right Side) Removal 1. Remov e screw/w ashers, and crashpad from dashboard (Figure 10-16). 2. Disconnect air hose from vent duct. 3. Remove screws, side window vent, and vent duct from crashpad. Installation 1. Secure vent duct and win ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 643

10-16 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Gauge Replacement NOTE: Gauge replacement is basically the same for all instru- ment panel gauges. Removal 1. Remov e screws and pull gauge panel a way from instru- ment panel (Figure 10-17). 2. Disconnect lamp connector from gauge. NOTE: Tag all leads prior to rem ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 644

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-17 ® 05745159 Instrument Panel Switch Replacement NOTE: All instrument panel switches are replaced similarly, with the exception of the dimmer control switch. This proce- dure covers the main light switch. CA UTION: Some connectors can be installed incorrectly and cause ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 645

10-18 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Speedometer/Odometer Replacement Removal 1. Remov e the left A-pillar dash trim (closeout). 2. Remove the left footwell closeout panel and disconnect the courtesy light plug, diagnostic link connector and the footwell vent hose from the closeout panel. 3. If equipp ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 646

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-19 ® 05745159 T achometer Replacement NOTE: Mark position of set screws in relationship to tachom- eter clock panel before disassembly. Tachometer mounting clamp must be installed in factory position to have proper clearance for reassembly. NOTE: It may be necessary to r ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 647

10-20 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® ASHTRAY REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Pull front console aw ay from dashpad to gain access to ashtray frame tabs. 2. Pull ashtray receptacle out of frame (Figure 10-25). 3. Straighten frame tabs and remove frame. Installation 1. Insert frame into opening on console and se ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 648

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-21 ® 05745159 Disassembly 1. Remov e riv ets, retainers, and insulation from engine access cov er (Figure 10-28). 2. Remove seal from access cover. 3. Remove retaining rings, washers, and ring studs from access cover (Figure 10-29). 4. Remove locknuts and shoulder bolts ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 649

10-22 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® SEAT BELT ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT NOTE: Replacement of the seat belt assembly is basically the same for all seat locations on all vehicle models. This proce- dure covers the left front seat belt on four-door hard top vehi- cles. Removal 1. Remov e seat. 2. Remove scre ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 650

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-23 ® 05745159 Installation 1. Secure bracket to B-pillar and body with washers and bolts (Figure 10-31). T ighten bolts to 12 lb-ft (16 N•m). 2. Secure retractor mounting bracket to B-pillar with washers and bolts. Tighten bolts to 24 lb-ft (33 N•m). 3. Route seat be ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 651

10-24 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Reclining Driver’ s and Front P assenger’s Seat Replacement NOTE: Reclining driver’s and front passenger’s seats are re- placed similarly. This procedure covers the passenger’s seat. Removal Remove bolts, washers, and passenger’s seat from seat base (Fi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 652

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-25 ® 05745159 REMO V ABLE LOAD BARRIER AND MOUNTING BRACK ETS REPLACEMENT (STATION W AGON) Removal 1. Remov e driv e screws and carpet assembly from front and back of remov able load barrier (Figure 10-35). 2. Remove necessary interior trim to gain access to mounting bra ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 653

10-26 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Installation 1. Secure trim mounting brackets to B-bar with four washers and scre ws (Figure 10-36). 2. Install B-bar. 3. Secure mounting blocks to B-pillar with washers, bolts and locknuts. Tighten locknuts to 24 lb-ft (33 N•m). 4. Secure strikers to B-pillar wi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 654

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-27 ® 05745159 Figure 10-39: Four-Passenger Vehicle Interior Trim Component Identification 12. Remove screw/washer assemblies and window trim from rear compartment wall and roof. 13. Remove panel fasteners and upper wheelhouse trim from wheelhouse. 14. Remove screw/washer ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 655

10-28 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Driver’s Compartment T rim Replacement Removal 1. Remov e overhead speak ers from driv er’ s compartment and passenger’ s compartment (if applicable) (Section 12). 2. Remove visors. 3. Remove seat belt assemblies. 4. Remove covers, screws, and grab handle fro ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 656

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-29 ® 05745159 Figure 10-43: Rear Compartment Wall Location 13. Remove screw/washer assemblies, B-beam trim, and rear edge trim from B-beam and lower rear compartment wall. 14. Remove domelight. 15. Remove panel fasteners and headliner from roof (Figure 10-44). Installati ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 657

10-30 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Station W agon Rear Compartment T r im Replacement Removal 1. Remov e rear seats. 2. Remove bolts, washers, upper seat belt bracket, and seat belt assembly from C-pillar (Figure 10-46). Figure 10-46: C- and B-Pillar Trim Component Iden- tification 3. Remove screw/w ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 658

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-31 ® 05745159 Figure 10-49: Station Wagon Side Wall Component Breakdown B-PILLAR TRIM C-PILLAR CENTER TRIM SEAT BEL T BRACKET HEADLINER SEAT BEL T ASSEMBL Y STA TION W AGON COMP AR TMENT SIDE W ALLS TRIM P ANEL LOWER REAR COMP AR TMENT W ALL UPPER C-PILLAR TRIM LOWER C-P ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 659

10-32 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Inner Kick P anels Replacement Removal 1. Remov e seats. NOTE: Remove one bolt, washer, and seat buckle for two-pas- senger models. 2. Remove bolts, washers, and seat buckles from front and rear of tunnel (Figure 10-50). Figure 10-50: Seat Belt Buckle Electrical Co ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 660

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-33 ® 05745159 Installation NOTE: Perform step 1 for two-passenger models only. 1. Secure rear inner kick panel to right rear of tunnel with panel fastener (Figure 10-52). 2. Secure right front inner kick panel to tunnel with panel fasteners. 3. Secure left front inner ki ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 661

10-34 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® T unnel Carpet, P adding, and Hardboard Replacement Removal NOTE: Tunnel carpet, padding, and hardboard replacement is basically the same for all models. This task represents four- passenger model carpet replacement. 1. Remov e inner kick panels. 2. Remove carpet f ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 662

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-35 ® 05745159 MIRRORS Side Mirror Replacement Removal Remove screws, mirror, and gasket from door hinge (Figure 10-57). Figure 10-57: Side Mirror Assembly Replacement Installation Secure gasket and mirror to door hinge with screws (Figure 10-57). PO W ER MIRRORS Po w er ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 663

10-36 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Rear view Mirr or Replacement Removal 1. Remov e screw and rearvie w mirror from mirror bracket (Figure 10-59). NOTE: Perform step 2 only if bracket requires replacement. Mark location of bracket prior to removal. 2. Remove bracket from windshield. Cleaning and Ins ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 664

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-37 ® 05745159 Disassembly 1. Remov e twelve-point bolts, washers, and upper and lo wer hinge plates from door (Figure 10-60). Figure 10-61: Door Trim Breakdown 2. Remove power windows and/or door locks switches from door (refer to procedure in this section). 3. Remove sc ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 665

10-38 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 10-64: Latch Assembly CA UTION: Firmly support glass during regulator removal to avoid damage. Remove power window regulator (refer to procedure in this section). Cleaning and Inspection NOTE: Clean all components, and examine for wear or dam- age. Replace i ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 666

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-39 ® 05745159 Figure 10-66: Door Hinges Adjustment 1. Loosen twelve-point scre ws securing upper and lo wer door hinges to pillar (Figure 10-66). 2. Raise door as high as possible. Push hinges toward front of vehicle as far as they will go, and tighten twelve-point screw ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 667

10-40 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® PO W ER WINDO WS Po w er Windo w Regulator Replacement Removal NOTE: Operate motor to position glass in opening to provide access to two screws securing glass and its bracket to regulator. If motor is inoperative, other means to remove these screws will be necessar ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 668

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-41 ® 05745159 DOOR SEALS REPLACEMENT NOTE: The door seals come in bulk and must be cut to the ap- propriate lengths. For hard top vehicles, cut 12 feet for the doors and 10 feet for the body opening. For soft-top vehicles, cut 6 feet for the doors and 5 feet for the body ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 669

10-42 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 10-71: Door Stop Strap Assembly Figure 10-72: Window Channel Locations Cleaning and Inspection NOTE: Clean all components, examine for wear or damage, and replace if necessary. Remove all glass remains from channels and bottom of door (Figures 10-72 and 10-7 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 670

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-43 ® 05745159 Figure 10-73: Glass/Lift Channel Bracket Location Door Glass “W ind Noise” Diagnosis and Repair/Side Windo w Alignment Wind noise or whistle generating from the side windows at highway speeds is the result of inadequate sealing of the glass at the upper ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 671

10-44 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 10-75: Hood Latch Bracket and Latch Plate Replacement Hood Release Cable Assembly Replacement Removal 1. Raise and secure hood. 2. Remove cable handle, two nuts, lockwasher, nut, and cable assembly from cable mounting bracket. 3. Remove cable assembly from c ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 672

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-45 ® 05745159 6. Remove two nut and lockwasher assemblies, screws, cable clamp bracket, and spacer from bracket assembly. 7. Inspect three nylon bushings in bracket assembly. Remove and discard bushings if damaged. Figure 10-78: Hood Release Latch and Bracket Assembly Mo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 673

10-46 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 10-81: Hood Prop Rod Replacement Figure 10-82: Hood Prop Rod and Bracket Replacement Disassembly 1. Remov e hood prop rod from eyebolt (Figure 10-83). 2. Remove locknut, washer, bushing, spring, snapring, bushing, washer, and eyebolt from bracket. Cleaning a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 674

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-47 ® 05745159 Hood and Hinge Replacement Removal 1. Raise and secure hood. W ARNING: T o av oid injury , or damage to equipment, support hood during removal and installation. 2. Disconnect two connector plugs from connector receptacles (Figure 10-84). 3. Remove four cott ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 675

10-48 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® 2. Open hood and loosen center hood stop (Figure 10-85). 3. Gently close hood and loosen lower hinge half locknuts (Figure 10-86). Figure 10-86: Lower Hinge Half Locknut Location 4. Gently position hood to obtain proper and even clearance with A-pillar and both fro ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 676

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-49 ® 05745159 Side Hood Stop Replacement Removal Remove two locknuts, washers, bolts, washers, and side hood stop from body (Figure 10-90). Installation Secure side hood stop to body with two washers, bolts, wash- ers, and locknuts. Tighten bolts to 6 lb-ft (8 N•m) (Fi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 677

10-50 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Guide Brack et Assembly Replacement Removal Remove six locknuts, twelve washers, guide bracket assembly, guide plate, and six bolts from hood (Figure 10-93). Installation 1. Loosely attach guide plate and guide bracket assembly to hood with six bolts, twelve washer ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 678

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-51 ® 05745159 Right Hood Close-Out Seal and Retainer Replacement Removal 1. Remov e two scre ws and upper seal retainer from close-out seal and hood (Figure 10-97). 2. Remove two screws, lower seal retainer, and close-out seal from hood. Figure 10-97: Right Hood Close-Ou ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 679

10-52 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® ENG INE SPLASH SHIELD REPLACEMENT NOTE: Turbo Diesel models have thick foam pads around the inside of the hood grille. These pads help to direct air flow through the radiator and provide better engine cooling (Figure 10-98). The side pads are secured to the splash ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 680

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-53 ® 05745159 HOR N Hor n Replacement Removal 1. Remov e harness connectors and adapters from horn. 2. Remove nut and horn from mounting bracket (Figure 10-101). NOTE: Overtightening horn mounting nut will distort the horn bellows and result in an “off-key” horn tone ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 681

10-54 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Windshield Assembly Replacement W ARNING: T o av oid injury , or damage to equipment, support windshield during removal and installation. Removal 1. Remov e soft top or loosen roof assembly , as applicable. 2. Remove windshield wiper blade and arm. 3. Remove windsh ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 682

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-55 ® 05745159 Figure 10-105: Windshield Assembly Seal Replacement Installation 1. Position two seals on windshield assembly (Figure 10-103). 2. Position windshield assembly over A-pillar. 3. Secure windshield assembly to two brackets with six bolts and washers. 4. Connec ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 683

10-56 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Removal NOTE: Wire harnesses behind console are long enough to al- low for power window master switch removal without remov- ing console for access to electrical connectors. 1. Remov e screws and pull po wer windo w master switch from console (Figure 10-106). 2. Li ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 684

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-57 ® 05745159 Windshield Wiper Linkage Replacement Removal NOTE: Left and right side windshield wiper linkage replace- ment procedure is the same. This procedure covers the left side. 1. Remov e windshield wiper motor assembly . 2. Remove upper A-pillar trim. 3. Disconne ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 685

10-58 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® WINDSHIELD W ASHER SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS Reser voir and Pump Assembly Replacement Removal 1. Drain reservoir . 2. Remove two screws and retaining bracket securing ABS ECU enclosure. Set aside ECU with enclosure. 3. Disconnect pump connector from reservoir and pump ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 686

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-59 ® 05745159 Figure 10-112: Windshield Washer Nozzle Replacement Figure 10-113: Windshield Washer Hose Replacement NOZZLE 9-S10-004 ECU ENCLOSURE PUMP ASSEMBLY ECU RETAINING BRACKET CLAMPS ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 687

10-60 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® A-PILLAR FORMER ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (SOFT T OP ONLY) Removal 1. Remov e soft top. 2. Remove 12 screws and A-pillar former from A-pillar (Figure 10-114). 3. Clean mounting surface on A-pillar. Cleaning and Inspection NOTE: Clean all components, examine for wear or ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 688

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-61 ® 05745159 REAR SUPPORT BOW BRACK ET REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e rear support bow assembly . 2. Remove two screws and support bow bracket from body (Figure 10-115). Figure 10-115: Rear Support Bow Bracket Replacement Installation 1. Secure bracket to body with two ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 689

10-62 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 10-119: Body Mount Cushions Replacement Installation 1. Position lo wer cushion, upper cushion, sleev e, and spacer between body bracket and frame bracket (Figure 10-119). 2. Lower body and ensure lower cushion, sleeve, upper cushion, spacer and body bracket ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 690

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-63 ® 05745159 FUEL FILLER HOUSING REPLACEMENT Main Fuel T ank Removal 1. Remov e ﬁller cap from ﬁller spout (Figure 10-122). 2. Remove screw securing cap tether (not shown) to fuel filler housing, mark location for reassembly 3. Remove three nuts, washers, capscrews, ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 691

10-64 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® ROADSIDE EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Tire Jac k and Optional T riangle W ar ning Kit Hold-Down Brac k et Replacement (For T wo-P assenger Model) Removal 1. Remov e two wingnuts, washers, and hold-do wn brackets (Figure 10-124). 2. Remove tire jack and triangle warning kit. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 692

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-65 ® 05745159 FOUR -PASSENGER SOFT T O P Interior Trim Replacement Removal 1. Remov e front and rear seats. 2. Remove front and center consoles. 3. Remove speakers from rear wall (Section 12). 4. Remove two panel fasteners from upper center trim of windshield frame (Figu ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 693

10-66 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 10-128: Rear Wall Compartment Location Installation 1. Secure center trim to rear compartment wall with scre w and washer assembly (Figure 10-128). 2. Secure lower trim and trim to rear compartment wall with two panel fasteners and four screw and washer asse ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 694

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-67 ® 05745159 Soft T op Mounting Components and Accessories Replacement NOTE: The following removal and installation instructions include replacement of all soft top mounting com- ponents and accessories. Use only the applicable steps for re- placing specific components. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 695

10-68 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® 4. Remove velcro strips and patches from tonneau area (Figure 10-131). NOTE: Perform steps five and six for both sides of the vehi- cle. The left side is shown. 5. Remove 41 in. (104 cm) tonneau extrusion from side of wheelhouse. 6. Remove 9 in. (23 cm) tonneau ext ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 696

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-69 ® 05745159 18. Remove three screws securing H-Rail to the vehicle safety cage. Leave the L brackets on the safety cage unless the cage is going to be replaced, remove the H-rail. Figure 10-136: H-Rail Removal NOTE: While removing the H-rail, note where sealer is place ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 697

10-70 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 10-137: Rail and Support Structure Locations Figure 10-138: Bow Retainer Bracket Installation 8-S10-001 VELCRO REAR, SIDE, P-CHANNEL H-RAIL B-PILLAR COVER C-PILLAR COVER SUPPORT STRUCTURE FRONT FILLER PIECE FILLER FILLER B-PILLAR COVER LOWER BRACKET INSTALLA ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 698

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-71 ® 05745159 SOFT T OP SUPPORT ASSEMBLY Removal 1. Remov e soft top. 2. Remove interior grab handles. 3. Remove vinyl wrap and padding from roll cage assembly. 4. Remove inner door seals. 5. Drill rivets on front corner filler plates located at top front of front door o ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 699

10-72 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® T AILGATE T ailgate Chain and Latch Brack ets Replacement Removal Remove four locknuts, eight washers, four bolts, chain bracket, and latch bracket from body (Figure 10-140). Installation Secure chain bracket and latch bracket to body with four bolts, eight washers ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 700

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-73 ® 05745159 Installation 1. Install two grommets on tailgate (Figure 10-143). NOTE: Perform steps 2 through 4 for station wagon and open body models. Perform step 5 for two- and four-door models. 2. Remove paper backing and install four vertical seals and one horizonta ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 701

10-74 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Assembly 1. Using three 0.187 in. x 0.626 in. ri vets, fasten hinge to lower set of holes on tailg ate. 2. Fasten hinge to upper set of holes on tailgate with three 0.187 in. x 0.563 in. rivets. Installation 1. Position tailgate on bed and secure with tailgate chai ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 702

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-75 ® 05745159 Door Handle Replacement Removal 1. Remov e rear door window . 2. Remove four screws and interior door handle from door (Figure 10-148). 3. Remove twelve screws and close-out panel from door. 4. Remove two cotter pins, washers, and latch rods from exterior d ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 703

10-76 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 10-150: Cargo Door Electric Locks DOOR LOCK MOTOR HARNESS MOTOR LINK ROD AND LOCK CLIPS DOOR HINGE CONTACTS DOOR DOOR HINGE CONTACTS LOCK MOTOR ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 704

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-77 ® 05745159 Door Stop Replacement Removal 1. Remov e rear door window . 2. Remove four screws and interior door handle from door (Figure 10-149). 3. Remove twelve screws and close-out panel from door. 4. Remove bolt, door stop ball, and retainer from door (Figure 10-15 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 705

10-78 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® INTERIOR AND EXTER IOR LIGHTING REPLACEMENT Ser vice Headlight Assembly Replacement Removal NOTE: To remove headlight only, perform steps 1 and 2. To remove the entire assembly, continue with steps 3 through 6. 1. Loosen three scre ws and remove retaining ring from ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 706

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-79 ® 05745159 Side Mark er Light Lens and Lamp Replacement Removal Remove two screws, cover, lens, and lamp from lamp holder (Figure 10-154). Installation 1. Install lamp. Secure lens, and cov er to lamp holder with two scre ws (Figure 10-154). 2. Ensure side marker ligh ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 707

10-80 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Figure 10-157: Side Marker Light Assembly Installation 1. Secure gasket, lamp holder , and ground lead on hood with four scre ws, washers, and locknuts (Figure 10-157). 2. Secure lens and cover to lamp holder with two screws. 3. Connect light lead to harness lead. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 708

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-81 ® 05745159 Rear T urn Signal Light Replacement Removal NOTE: To remove lamps only, perform steps 1 and 2. 1. Remov e four screws, lens, and gask et from turn signal light (Figure 10-160). Figure 10-160: Rear Turn Signal Light Assembly 2. Remove two lamps from sockets. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 709

10-82 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Domelight/Cargo Light Replacement (Models 83, 84, 89, & 91) Removal 1. Remove domelight lens (Figures 10-162 through 10-164). 2. Remove lamp from domelight. 3. Remove screws securing domelight to ground lead and connector. 4. Remove screw and domelight from roo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 710

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-83 ® 05745159 Domelight Replacement (Model 90) Removal 1. Using a scre wdriv er , snap the dome light assembly from its base (Figure 10-165) 2. Remove two screws securing domelight base and the support structure. 3. Slowly pull the light base until the connector for the ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 711

10-84 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Lighted V isor Mirror Replacement Removal 1. Pull mirror assembly from visor (Figure 10-168). 2. Remove lamp. Figure 10-168: Lighted Visor Mirror Replacement Installation 1. Install lamp (Figure 10-168). 2. Install mirror assembly by pressing it into the visor. Und ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 712

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-85 ® 05745159 Front Driver and P assenger Courtesy Light Replacement Removal 1. Carefully pry courtesy light from mounting bracket (Figures 10-171 and 10-172). 2. Disconnect light from wiring harness. Figure 10-171: Front Driver Side Courtesy Light Replacement Installati ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 713

10-86 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® BACKUP LIGHT SWITCH REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e shift controls housing (Section 5). 2. Pull neutral start switch leads, backup light switch leads, and light lead through boot and remove boot from shift controls housing (Figure 10-174). 3. Remove two screws and l ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 714

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-87 ® 05745159 SLANT BACK AND COMPONENTS Figure 10-176: Slant Door and Torsion Assembly Slant Door and T orsion Assembly Replace- ment CA UTION: The slant door is heavy. Some assistance will be required for removal and installation. Removal 1. Remov e all the trim on the ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 715

10-88 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Adjustments 1. Loosen the torsion assembly mounting bolts enough to allo w the slant door to move side to side (Figure 10-176). 2. Loosen the slant door mounting bolts enough to allow for an adjustment of the opening clearance at the top of the door. 3. Position th ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 716

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-89 ® 05745159 Slant Door Latch Figure 10-178: Slant Door Latch and Handle Break- down Removal 1. Remov e the slant door trim. 2. Disconnect the latch actuator cable from the slant door handle assembly by removing the retaining nut, and bolt (Figure 10-178). 3. Remove the ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 717

10-90 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® Wiper Motor and Components Figure 10-180: Window Wiper Assembly Replacement Removal 1. Remov e the protectiv e nut cov er from the base of the wiper arm (Figure 10-180). 2. Remove the wiper arm retainer nut. 3. Disconnect the washer hose from the base of the wiper. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 718

_____________________________________________________________________ Body 10-91 ® 05745159 GLASS AND BODY FOR SLANT BAC K Rear Windo w Removal Remove the twenty two window retaining screws, the window retainer bracket and the window (Figure 10-181). Figure 10-181: Slant Door Window Replacement Installation Install the slant door window and the wi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 719

10-92 Body ______________________________________________________________________ ® THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 720

_______________________________________________________________________________ 11-1 ® 05745159 Section 11 Heating/V entilation/Air Conditioning (HV A C) T ABLE OF CONTENTS A/C System Refrigerant and Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5 Air Conditioning/Heater Duct Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-25 Ambient Temperature ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 721

11-2 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) _______________________ ® SYSTEM PERF ORMANCE CHECKS Before performing any air conditioning repair, perform the fol- lowing: 1. Check dri vebelt for wear , damage, or loss of tension. Replace dri vebelt as necessary . 1. Check compressor for secure mounting and proper alignment. Tighten loose hardwa ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 722

______________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-3 ® 05745159 A/C System Leak T esting There are two methods of detecting refrigerant leaks. One method is with the use of an electronic leak detector and the other uses a flourescent tracer dye in the refridgerant which is viewed at the leak site with an ultra violet (black) lig ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 723

11-4 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) _______________________ ® CONNECTOR IDENTIFICATION COMPRESSOR-OUT CONDENSER - IN CONDENSER - OUT DRYER - IN DRYER - OUT H/P AUX TEE - IN H/P AUX TEE - OUT AUX EVAP - IN AUX EVAP - OUT MAIN EVAP - IN MAIN EVAP - OUT L/P AUX TEE - IN L/P AUX TEE - OUT COMPRESSOR - IN COMPRESSOR - FRONT SEAL SCHRADER V ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 724

______________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-5 ® 05745159 A/C SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND CA PACITY The required refrigerant for Hummer A/C systems is R-134a. This is a colorless, odorless non-flammable, liquefied gas. A special refrigerant oil is required for use with R-134a which is polyalkaline glycol (PAG). This is the only ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 725

11-6 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) _______________________ ® A/C Ser vicing Precautions There are precautions that should be followed when servicing the A/C system. The precautions are necessary to avoid com- ponent damage and personal injury. • Wear eye protection when servicing the system. The re- frigerant is under pressure and ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 726

______________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-7 ® 05745159 Checking/Adding Refrigerant Oil It is not necessary to check or add oil as routine maintenance. It is necessary to add oil when the evaporator, condenser, com- pressor, or receiver/dryer has been replaced, or there was a large leak. When a system is discharged, it i ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 727

11-8 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) _______________________ ® SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS System diagnosis should begin with the system performance checks described in this section. The checks will help verify that a problem actually exists as opposed to an incorrect setting by the vehicle operator. In addition to the performance checks, problem ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 728

______________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-9 ® 05745159 Heater Diagnosis Condition Possible Cause Correction Inadequate or No Heat 1. Heat control knob not set in heat mode, or engine not warmed up. 1. Advise o wner/driv er . 2. Lo w engine coolant lev el. 2. Add coolant as needed and check for leaks. 3. Air in coolant s ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 729

11-10 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® Air Flow Diagnosis Condition Possible Cause Correction No Air Flow from Outlets 1. Blower motor fuse blo wn. 1. Replace fuse. 2. Blo wer motor harness damage (short, open, loose connection). 2. Check harness continuity with ohmmeter and repair as needed. 3. Blo wer motor fa ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 730

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-11 ® 05745159 A/C Pressure Test Diagnosis Condition Possible Cause Correction Lo w Side High High Side High (Discharge Air W arm - Discharge Line W arm to Hot) 1. Condenser ﬁns obstructed or distorted. 1. Clear obstruction with water spray and compressed air . Straighten distor ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 731

11-12 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® Compressor Diagnosis Condition Possible Cause Corr ection Compressor Noise 1. System overcharge. 1. Recover all R-134a with J–39500-A ser - vice cart and recharge with proper char ge. 2. Dri vebelt problem. 2. Replace belt if worn, frayed, cut or torn. 3. Compressor clutc ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 732

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-13 ® 05745159 SPECIFICATIONS System refrigerant — R-134a Compressor oil — PAG (polyalkaline glycol) Refrigerant capacity — 3 lbs.2oz. Compressor type — Harrison HT6 *Low and high side pressures are affected by relative humid- ity. Greater humidity will cause higher pressu ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 733

11-14 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® R-134a Pressure-to-Temperature Relationship Chart (with Engine OFF) Psi T emp (°F) R-134a Psi T emp (°F) R-134a Psi T emp (°F) R-134a Psi T emp (°F) R-134a 0 -14.7 25 29.3 70 69.6 200 130.1 1 -12.1 26 30.5 75 72.9 210 133.5 2 -9.6 27 31.7 80 76.1 220 136.7 3 -7.2 28 32. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 734

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-15 ® 05745159 Figure 11-5: Vacuum Door Motors Vacuum Door Motor Arm Positioning OFF MAX A/C A/C Blend F ace Floor Defrost/ Floor Defrost Floor out out out in out in out out Defrost blockof f out out out out out out out in Face out in in half in out out out Defrost out out out out ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 735

11-16 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® CLIMATE CONTROL HEAD REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e front console. 2. Remove screw attaching climate control head to support plate side bracket (Figure 11-6). 3. Pull climate control head from behind support plate so that it angles away from longer side bracket. 4. Pull cli ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 736

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-17 ® 05745159 PRESSURE HOSE T OR QUE SPECIFICATIONS CA UTION: To avoid potential thread or fitting damage, hand start connections before using wrenches. Air conditioning system fittings are a common source of refrig- erant leaks. When service requires disconnecting and connect- i ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 737

11-18 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE HOSE REPLACEMENT W ARNING: Air conditioning system components are subject to high-pressure R-134a gas. Always disc harge pressure and contain refrigerant using approv ed service equipment. Use extreme care when handling R-134a. Direct contact with ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 738

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-19 ® 05745159 Discharge Hose Replacement Removal 1. Disconnect discharge hose from condenser . Remove and discard O-ring (Figure 11-12). 2. Remove driver side engine splash shield (Section 10). Figure 11-12: Discharge Hose Location 3. Remove tie strap securing discharge hose to o ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 739

11-20 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® Receiver/Dryer -T o-Ev aporator Core Hose W ARNING: Air conditioning system components are subject to high pressure R-134a gas. Always disc harge pressure and contain refrigerant using approv ed service equipment. Use extreme care when handling R-134a. Direct contact with s ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 740

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-21 ® 05745159 RECEIVER/DRYER REPLACEMENT Removal W ARNING: Air conditioning system components are subject to high-pressure R-134a gas. Always disc harge pressure and contain refrigerant using approv ed service equipment. Use extreme care when handling R-134a. Direct contact with ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 741

11-22 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® HEATER HOSE REPLACEMENT Engine coolant is routed through 5/8 inch diameter heater hose from the engine water crossover to the bottom fitting of the heater shutoff valve. When the valve is open, coolant flows through another length of hose from the valve’s rearward lower f ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 742

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-23 ® 05745159 W ATER CONTR OL V ALVE REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Place a drain container under the vehicle directly belo w the control v alve (Figure 11-19). NOTE: Use extreme caution when working on a hot engine. Let the engine cool down before proceeding. 2. Relieve pressure from co ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 743

11-24 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® MAIN A/C - HEAT UNIT CO WL INSULATION REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e air intake weathercap (Section 3). 2. Remove air cleaner assembly shield. 3. Remove vent line from air cleaner assembly. 4. Remove air cleaner assembly and air induction tube. 5. Loosen and remove two clam ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 744

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-25 ® 05745159 AIR CONDITIONING/HEATER DUCT REPLACEMENT Passenger Floor Duct Removal 1. Remov e right side crash pad (Section 10). 2. Remove screw securing passenger side closeout panel to upper closeout panel bracket (Figure 11-22). 3. Lower panel down, and pull rearward to remov ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 745

11-26 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® DEFROST DUCT AND WINDSHIELD NOZZLES REPLACEMENT Center Defrost Duct Removal 1. Remov e right side crash pad (Section 10). 2. Remove front console (Section 10). 3. Remove engine cover (Section 10). 4. Remove twelve screws, nuts, washers, and closeout panel from A-beam (Figur ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 746

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-27 ® 05745159 Passenger Side W indshield Defrost Nozzle Removal 1. Remov e right side crash pad (Section 10). 2. Remove front console (Section 10). 3. Remove diverter assembly. 4. Remove main A/C - heat unit blower housing. 5. Remove four screws, lockwashers and passenger side lo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 747

11-28 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT W ARNING: Air conditioning system components are subject to high-pressure refrigerant R-134a gas. Always discharge pressure and contain R-134a using appro ved service equipment. Use extreme care when handling R- 134a. Direct contact with skin may caus ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 748

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-29 ® 05745159 3. Keep the clutch plate and hub assembly from turning by using the clutch hub holding tool. Remove the shaft nut using nut socket. 4. With center screw forcing tip in place to thrust against the end of the shaft, thread the hub and clutch drive plate assembly remov ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 749

11-30 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ROTOR AND/OR BEARING REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e the clutch plate and hub assembly . 2. Using snapring pliers, remo v e retaining ring (Figure 11-30). Figure 11-30: Retaining Ring 3. Install pulley rotor and bearing puller guide on the compressor, and i ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 750

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-31 ® 05745159 2. Align the new bearing squarely with the hub bore, and using puller and bearing installer with driver handle, drive the bearing pulley into the hub. The installer will apply force to the outer race of the bearing if used as shown (Figure 11-34). 3. Place bearing s ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 751

11-32 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CORE REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Perform steps 1 through 4 of Clutch Rotor and/or Bearings replacement procedure. Mark clutch core terminal location on compressor . 2. Install puller pilot and puller crossbar with puller legs on compressor (Figure 11-39). 3. Ti ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 752

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-33 ® 05745159 Figure 11-43: Seal Remover 4. Using O-ring remover, remove and discard seal seat O- ring from the compressor neck (Figure 11-44). Figure 11-44: O-Ring 5. Recheck shaft and inside of the compressor neck for dirt or foreign material and be sure these areas are clean b ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 753

11-34 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® LOW PRESSURE CUTOF F SWITCH The low pressure cutoff switch is mounted on the receiver/ dryer. The switch is wired in series with the compressor activa- tion circuit. Should pressure drop below the switch’s setting, the switch will open and interrupt current flow to the co ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 754

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-35 ® 05745159 BLOW ER MOTOR RESISTOR REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e HV A C harness connector from resistor (Figure 11-50). 2. Remove screws and resistor from cowl. Installation 1. Fasten resistor to co wl with scre ws. 2. Plug HVAC harness connector into resistor. 3. Check blower ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 755

11-36 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® HV AC CONTROLS Figure 11-52: HVAC Control Panel The HVAC system is operated using a control panel. The panel has controls for: • Blower speed • Air temperature • Mode • Air conditioning • Rear window defrost (Optional) Status for all of the controls is shown using ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 756

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-37 ® 05745159 UNIT SER VICE W ARNING: When working with refrigerant, always use protective equipment to prev ent injury . Refrigerant handling should be done only by technicians trained and certiﬁed in the use of refrigerant and refrigerant service equipment. CA UTION: Use only ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 757

11-38 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® Heater Core The heater core is composed of copper and brass with numer- ous passages allowing heated engine coolant to pass through, transferring heat into the passing air from the blower motor. Coolant flow through the heater core is controlled by the water control valve i ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 758

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-39 ® 05745159 MAIN UNIT REPLACEMENT Remo v al 1. Drain Coolant into an approv ed container . 2. Recover refrigerant. 3. Remove raincap and adapter. 4. Remove air intake elbow, air cleaner and splash shield. 5. Remove 4 bolts securing heater core extension tubes. Plug all open hol ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 759

11-40 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® Installation Lift HVAC unit into the vehicle. 1. Set the lo wer bracket on HV A C unit on top of the lower body bracket. Ensure that the studs on the pass through plate align with the holes in the body . Harnesses must be positioned to exit to the right side of the HV A C u ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 760

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-41 ® 05745159 V ACUUM DOOR MOTOR Replacement 1. Remov e right front crash pad. 2. Locate and remove 2 screws securing vacuum motor cover to main HVAC unit. 3. Locate faulty vacuum motor and remove vacuum line. If multiple motors are to be replaced, tag vacuum lines as they are re ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 761

11-42 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® BLEND DOOR MOTOR Replacement 1. Disconnect motor electrical connection. 2. Remove 3 nuts securing motor to bracket (Figure 11-68). Figure 11-68: Temperature Blend Door Motor Removal NOTE: Do not loosen set screw on door shaft adapter! 3. Remove motor by pulling it straight ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 762

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-43 ® 05745159 EV APORATOR Replacement 1. Remov e HV A C unit from vehicle (refer to HV A C unit replacement). 2. Remove heater core from main unit (refer to heater core replacement). 3. Remove lower support bracket from HVAC case (Figure 11-72). Figure 11-72: Lower Support Bracke ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 763

11-44 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® 8. Remove arm retaining push clip, arm and 2 washers from the floor door and defrost door (Figure 11-78). Figure 11-78: Push Clip Removal 9. Remove defrost motor from the bracket, note position of mounting studs in mounting plate (Figure 11-79). Figure 11-79: Vacuum Door Mo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 764

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-45 ® 05745159 19. Remove screws securing passthrough plate support bracket to the main unit (Figure 1-82). Figure 1-82: Passthrough Plate Support Removal 20. Remove bolt securing passthrough plate to the evaporator manifold connection, remove plate and support bracket. 21. Remove ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 765

11-46 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® REAR CONSOLE REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e two scre w/washers securing rear console to side brackets (Figure 1-85). 2. Push console rearward so that the vents are clear from the plenum cutouts. 3. Remove rear console. Installation 1. Position rear console ov er the auxilia ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 766

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-47 ® 05745159 AUXILIARY BLOWER SWITCH REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Pull front console aw ay from dashboard. 2. Depress tabs on blower switch and push through faceplate. 3. Remove connector from back of blower switch (Figure 11-88). Installation 1. Secure connector to blo wer switch and ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 767

11-48 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® AUXILIARY A/C DRAIN T UBE(S) REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e rear console. 2. Remove clamps from drain tube section being replaced (Figure 11-89). 3. Remove drain tube. Figure 11-89: Auxiliary A/C Drain Tube Replacement Installation 1. Install drain tube section and secure w ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 768

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-49 ® 05745159 AUXILIARY LOW-PRESSURE HOSE REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Discharge air conditioning system. 2. Remove air cleaner assembly and air induction tube (Section 3). 3. Using two wrenches for equalized support, remove auxiliary low-pressure hose from low-pressure hose fitting. R ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 769

11-50 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® Figure 11-92: Auxiliary Air Conditioning Components AUXILIARY EXPANSION V ALV E REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Discharge air conditioning system. 2. Remove rear console. 3. Remove prestite tape and bulb clamp. 4. Using two wrenches for equalized support, remove high- pressure hose ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 770

_____________________ Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) 11-51 ® 05745159 ESSENTIAL T OOLS Procure from Kent-Moore. T ool No. Description J–42551 J–42549 J–42550 J–41459 J–42220 Leak Detector , A/C R134a HV A C Anemometer (not sho wn) HV A C Flow Meter Adapter Kit (not shown) Leak Detection Dye Injector High Intensity Ultra V io ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 771

11-52 Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC) ______________________ ® SPECIAL T OOLS Procure from Kent-Moore. T ool No. Description J – 39500-A A/C Recovery , Recycle, Evacuate and Dischar ge Service Cart (from Robinaire) J – 34021-A Compressor Clutch Pulley , Core and Bearing Replacement T ool Set J – 39500-20A High Side Coupler Adapte ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 772

_______________________________________________________________________________ 12-1 ® 05745159 Section 12 Electr ical System T ABLE OF CONTENTS Audio Antenna System Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-157 CD Changer (Delco) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-140 Diagnosis-Delco Audio System . . . . . . . . . ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 773

12-2 Electrical System _________________________________________________________ ® Power Locks Cargo Door Lock Inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-113 Front Door Harness Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-120 General Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-102 Keyless Entry & Theft ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 774

________________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-3 ® 05745159 DIAGNOSTICS The following section of the service manual deals with electri- cal diagnostics. The section consists of three main tools: 1. Diagnostic charts 2. Wiring diagrams 3. Connector legend Diagnostic Charts Diagnostic charts are designed to take you th ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 775

12-4 Electrical System _________________________________________________________ ® Fuses The most common protector in the vehicle electrical circuit is a fuse. A fuse is a metallic connector within a circuit that is made of a low melting point metal that acts as a “ weak link ” . If cur- rent rises above the fuses ’ rating, the metal will me ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 776

________________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-5 ® 05745159 Figure 12-3: Grounded Circuit DIAGNOSTIC T OOLS Dig ital Multimeter A digital multimeter (J – 39200) is required to safely test for electrical malfunctions on the Hummer. Due to the complexity of the electrical system, a test light should not be used to te ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 777

12-6 Electrical System _________________________________________________________ ® Figure 12-4: Amperage Test Figure 12-5: Voltage Drop Test Figure 12-6: Ohm Test GROUND BATTERIES BREAKER SWITCH (CLOSED) MULTIMETER LOAD (I.E. LIGHT, MOTOR, SOLENOID, ETC.) GROUND CIRCUIT GROUND BATTERIES BREAKER SWITCH (CLOSED) MULTIMETER GROUND CIRCUIT GROUND BATT ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 778

________________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-7 ® 05745159 CIRCUIT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR All electrical connections must be kept clean and tight. Loose or corroded connections may cause a discharged battery, weak starting, dim lights, or possible electrical system damage. Wires must be replaced or repaired if insul ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 779

12-8 Electrical System _________________________________________________________ ® FUSIBLE LINK MAINTENANCE The following procedure covers the replacement of fusible links encountered through circuit diagnosis. 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Carefully remove old fusible link from termination (alternator, power stud, starter). 3. Locate ori ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 780

________________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-9 ® 05745159 Figure 12-8: Damaged Wire Figure 12-9: Heat Shrink Tubing Figure 12-10: Splice Clip Figure 12-11: Electrical Tape Figure 12-12: Electrical Tape Figure 12-13: Splice Clip Figure 12-14: Heat Shrink Tubing Figure 12-15: Damaged Wire Figure 12-16: Multiple Wire ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 781

12-10 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® FUSE/RELAY LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION Interior Fuse Box The interior fuse box, is located under the instrument panel to the left of the steering column. The fuse box is divided into two mini-fuse junction blocks, relays, and a auxilliary power point.The mini-fuse bl ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 782

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-11 ® 05745159 Figure 12-19: Relay Location (Interior Fuse Box) 9-S12-083 C FE B D A BA A B SIGNAL FLASHER CTIS ALARM MIRROR CUTOUT IGNITION WIPER POWER WINDOW REAR WIPER 4-1-00 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 783

12-12 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Upper Mini-Fuse Location *May not be provided. Lower Mini-Fuse Location Figure 12-20: Mini Fuse Identification (Interior Fuse Box) FUSE AMPERA GE CIRCUIT PR O TECTED 1E 5 Spare Fuse 2E – Blank 3E 7.5 Spare Fuse 4E – Blank 5E 15 Spare Fuse 6E – Blank 7E 25 Spare ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 784

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-13 ® 05745159 Exterior Fuse Box Figure 12-21: Exterior Fuse Box The exterior fuse box is located under the hood on the dri ver ’ s side of the engine compartment. The e xterior fuse box houses mini and maxi fuses, circuit breakers, and relays which supply po wer to many ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 785

12-14 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® BATTER Y CHARG ING General Information A low charge or discharged battery can be recharged as long as the cells are not shorted, sulfated, or damaged. Batteries can be recharged quickly at 20 amp charge levels, or for longer peri- ods at 10, 5, or 2 amps. A 5 amp cha ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 786

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-15 ® 05745159 Figure 12-26: Load Test Values vs.Temperature 5. If voltage drops below the minimum value listed, replace the battery. Parasitic Draw Test Tools Required: • J – 38758 Parasitic Draw Test Switch • J – 39200 Digital Multimeter 1. Remov e the negati ve b ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 787

12-16 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® BATTER Y CABLE REPLACEMENT Battery Negative Cables - Removal 1. Remov e caps from battery negati ve cable (Figure 12-27). 2. Remove battery cable bolts. 3. Disconnect winch negative cable, if equipped (Figure 12-27). Figure 12-27: Battery Negative Cable Connections 4 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 788

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-17 ® 05745159 Figure 12-29: Battery Positive Cable Connections Battery Positive Cables - Installation 1. Connect starter cable to starter with lockers and nut. T ighten nut to 12-16 lb-ft (16-22 N • m). 2. Secure starter cable to bracket with clamp, capscrew, washer, and ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 789

12-18 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® BATTER Y REPLACEMENT W ARNING: Battery electrolyte contains sulfuric acid which can cause sev ere burns. If acid contacts eyes or skin, ﬂush aff ected areas liberally with water and ob- tain medical assistance immediately . If acid contacts clothing, ﬂush with wa ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 790

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-19 ® 05745159 BATTER Y SPLASH SHIELD AND SEAL SER VICE Splash Shield Removal 1. Remov e upper splash shield and seal (Figure 12-32). 2. Remove retainer bolts, and remove seal from battery tray and lower shield (Figure 12-33). 3. Remove lower splash shield bolts and remove ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 791

12-20 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Splash Shield Installation 1. Position lo wer shield on bracket and install fasteners (Figure 12-34). 2. Install retainer on upper shield. 3. Install upper shield on tray. 4. Install seals and retainers (Figure 12-33). Figure 12-34: Lower Splash Shield Removal/Instal ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 792

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-21 ® 05745159 MAJOR PO W ER DISTRIBUTION The following charts and illustrations convey how power is distributed from the vehicle batteries to the fuse/relay centers. Power is supplied to the fuse boxes from the batteries through fusible links. Each fuse box has internal po ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 793

12-22 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® ALTERNATOR Removal 1. Disconnect battery negati ve cable. 2. Remove serpentine drivebelt from alternator pulley. 3. Loosen pivot bolt and remove front and rear alternator bolts (Figure 12-36). 4. Pull alternator away from engine. Remove nut and lockwasher and disconn ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 794

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-23 ® 05745159 ALTERNATOR OVERHAUL Alternator Disassembly 1. Remov e alternator . 2. Mark drive end frame and slip ring end frame for assembly alignment reference. 3. Hold rotor shaft with allen wrench and remove nut, washer, pulley, fan, and thin collar from rotor shaft (F ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 795

12-24 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Alternator Parts Cleaning Use part cleaning solvents on metal parts only. The insulating coatings on wires in the field coil and stator can be damaged by cleaning solvents. Clean encapsulated and exposed wire items by wiping with a clean cloth. Inspection and Repair ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 796

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-25 ® 05745159 Figure 12-41: Rectifier Bridge Check Regulator Figure 12-42: Regulator Inspection Points Inspect the regulator for cracks, breaks, broken contacts, or surface defects and replace if damaged (Figure 12-42). Brushes and Brush Holders Figure 12-43: Brush Holder ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 797

12-26 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Fan Inspect the fan for distortion, cracked blades, or broken blades. Minor bending repair is permissible. For broken or missing blade ends, cracks or breaks, replace the fan (Figure 12-45). Figure 12-45: Fan Inspection Points Slip Ring End Frame and Bearing Inspect ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 798

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-27 ® 05745159 Alternator Assembly 1. Install bearing on rotor shaft. Seat bearing against shoul- der (Figure 12-38). 2. Assemble springs and brushes in brush holder and retain with fabricated pin. Pin holds brushes compressed in brush holder and will be removed after assem ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 799

12-28 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Alternator Inoperative (No Charge) Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Perform visual inspection on belt, pulleys and battery cables. Is e verything in normal operating condition Go to step 2. Repair and recheck system. 2 Using a battery load tester , place amp pickup on ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 800

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-29 ® 05745159 Figure 12-52: Alternator Schematic 9-S12-089 AL TERNA TOR FUSE 3B EXTERIOR 20 AMP C4-3 PNK EXTERIOR POWER BUS TO POSITIVE BA TTERY CABLE TO EXTERIOR FUSE BOX TO INTERIOR FUSE BOX FUSIBLE LINK FUSIBLE LINK ORG RED TO LOW COOLANT SENSOR HOT IN RUN AND ST ART BA ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 801

12-30 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® STARTER Removal 1. Disconnect battery negati ve cable(s) and winch ne gati ve cable, if equipped. 2. Remove converter housing cover. 3. Remove cap and/or adhesive sealant from starter terminal (Figure 12-53). 4. Disconnect starter cable or cables from starter termina ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 802

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-31 ® 05745159 Figure 12-54: Starter Connections STARTER OVERHAUL Disassembly 1. Remov e starter . 2. Remo ve plug and g asket from pinion housing (Figure 12-55). Figure 12-55: Core Shaft Nut Removal 3. Remove core shaft nut with socket, fabricated socket holding tool, and ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 803

12-32 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Figure 12-58: Starter Drive Disassembly 14. Clamp pinion housing in vise and remove screws from end plate and pinion housing (Figure 12-59). 15. Slide armature, end plate, and shift lever out of pinion housing. Figure 12-59: Armature Removal/Installation 16. Remove s ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 804

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-33 ® 05745159 Figure 12-62: Solenoid Components Inspection Inspect clutch for broken spring, damaged gear or splines, and non-lockup. Replace clutch if damaged (Figure 12-63). Inspect brushes for cracks, roughness, galling, wear, or dam- aged lead. If one brush length is l ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 805

12-34 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Figure 12-64: Solenoid Components Starter Assembly 1. Assemble washer , rubber boot, spring retainer , spring, and spring retainer on core shaft and secure with snap ring (Figure 12-61). 2. Place core shaft assembly in solenoid housing. 3. Install washer, spring, con ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 806

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-35 ® 05745159 Figure 12-66: Assembling Frame, Armature, and Pinion Housing Figure 12-67: Solenoid Boot Installation Starter Pinion Clearance Adjustment 1. Connect battery and jumper to starter as sho wn (Figure 12-68). Momentarily touch jumper to solenoid frame to shift pi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 807

12-36 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Figure 12-69: Starter Pinion Clearance Measurement and Adjustment Starter T est 1. Connect voltmeter , ammeter , switch and battery to starter as sho wn (Figure 12-70). CA UTION: Do not operate the starter motor for more than 10 seconds at a time. Allow the starter m ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 808

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-37 ® 05745159 Starter Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Inspect battery condition and charge (Refer to battery checking procedure this section). Are bat- teries in good working condition and char ged? Go to step 2 Recharge/Replace batteries as neces- sary 2 Using ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 809

12-38 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® 10 Repair open or bad connection in CKT32 between neutral saftey switch and start relay . Is condition repaired Repair complete Go to step 1. 11 Remo v e lo wer cover of steering column to access the ignition switch connector . Back probe the white wire (CKT33) with ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 810

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-39 ® 05745159 Figure 2-71: Starter System Schematic MAXIFUSE #1 40A EXTERIOR ST ARTER RELA Y 37 YEL 58 BLK 32 L T BLU ST ARTER SOLENOID 32 L T BLU NEUTRAL SAFETY SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH 33 WHT C4-1 C2-13 C1-6 MAXIFUSE #8 40A EXTERIOR C1-7 TO BA TTER Y C2-12 9-S12-087.2 4-1- ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 811

12-40 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Glow Plugs Inoperative Step Action V alue Y es No 1 Before clearing any DTC ’ s, use the scan tool Cap- ture Info to sav e the Freeze Frame and Failure Records for reference. The PCM ’ s data is deleted once the Clear Info function is used. Did you perform the On ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 812

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-41 ® 05745159 10 T urn the ignition ON with the engine OFF . V erify that the glo w plug relay control harness is discon- nected. W ith a DMM connected to ground, probe the glo w plug relay control circuit (466 YL) at the glo w plug relay harness connector . Use a scan too ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 813

12-42 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® 19 Inspect the glo w plug relay control circuit (CKT 466 YL) for a proper connection at the PCM and replace the terminal if necessary . Did you ﬁ nd an improper connection and make the necessary repair? Go to step 30. Go to step 29. 20 Inspect the glo w plug relay ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 814

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-43 ® 05745159 Figure 2-72: Glow Plug Control Circuit Schematic 30 Use a scan tool to clear the DTC ’ s. Start the engine. Allo w the engine to idle until the engine reaches normal operating temperature. Select the DTC and the speci ﬁ c DTC function. Enter the DTC numbe ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 815

12-44 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Fuel Lift Pump Inoperative VIN Z Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing the DTC ’ s use the scan tool Capture Info in order to record the Freeze Frame and the failure records for reference, as the data will be lost when the clear function is use ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 816

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-45 ® 05745159 9 Disconnect fuel lift pump relay .Using a DV OM set to measure ohms, measure resistance between C27-D5, and the fuel lift pump relay dark green wire (CKT238). Does resistance exceed speci ﬁ ca- tions? <.2 Ω Repair open or bad connection in CKT 238 bet ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 817

12-46 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-73: Fuel Lift Pump Schematic FUSE 2D 20A INTERIOR FUEL PUMP RELA Y EXTERIOR FUSE BOX C1-10 G2 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE FUEL PUMP RELA Y CONTROL FUEL LIFT PUMP SIGNAL TO FUEL SELECTOR SWITCH M G2 FUEL LIFT PUMP B A 57 BK 787 GY 787 GY 787 GY C27-D5 57 BK C27 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 818

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-47 ® 05745159 Fuel Tank Selector System Inoperative (No Tank Switch) Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing the DTC ’ s use the scan tool Capture Info in order to record the Freeze Frame and the failure records for refer - ence, as the data will be lo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 819

12-48 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® 7 Relocate the ground lead of the D V OM set to measure voltage to a kno wn good ground. T urn the ignition OFF for 10 seconds. T urn the ignition ON, and the tank selector switch in the A UX posi- tion, probe the bro wn wire (CKT 789) with the positi ve meter lead. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 820

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-49 ® 05745159 Figure 2-74: Fuel Selector Valve Schematic EXTERIOR FUSE BOX G2 G4 FUSE 2D 20A INTERIOR FUSE BOX HOT A T ALL TIMES FUEL SELECTOR SWITCH G4 TO DIMMER MODULE FUEL GAUGE TO GAUGE FUSE I G L S FUEL SELECTOR VA LV E FUEL LEVEL SIGNAL OUT 17 PP 30 GY 29 PK C26-B C2 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 821

12-50 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-75: Fuel Manager Schematic FUSE 3B 20AMP EXTERIOR FUSE BOX DRAIN FIL TER HOT IN RUN AND ST ART W A TER IN FUEL LIGHT LEFT HAND ST A TUS CENTER C9-D C3-F4 C1-45 BA 327 YL C C9-J W A TER IN FUEL SENSOR FUEL HEA TER 291 PK 57 BK G2 57 BK C A 9-S12-154 FUSE 4B 5 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 822

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-51 ® 05745159 IGNITION SWITCH REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e steering column covers. 2. Remove multi switch. 3. Remove screw and interlock cable from ignition switch (Figure 2-76). 4. Remove two capscrews and ignition switch from steering column. Installation 1. Apply thre ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 823

12-52 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-77: Shift Interlock Cable Schematic 59 BK FUSE 4D 15 AMP INTERIOR FUSE BOX INTERLOCK CABLE SOLENOID 83 TN G4 TO TURN SIGNAL SWITCH BRAKE SWITCH TO BA TTER Y 22 RD FUSE 1C 5 AMP INTERIOR FUSE BOX TO IGNITION 9-S12-001 INTERIOR FUSE BO X 10 OR 4-1-00 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 824

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-53 ® 05745159 CTIS Compressor Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Using a D V OM set to measure v oltage, probe the terminals on the CTIS compressor . W ith the CTIS compressor switch set to in ﬂ ate, and the ignition on, is voltage present? 12v Replace the compr ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 825

12-54 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® CTIS Exhaust Valve Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Disconnect exhaust solenoid. Using a D V OM set to measure voltage, probe the light green wire(CKT47) with the positi ve lead, and the black wire(CKT57) with the negati ve lead. Ignition on, mov e the com ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 826

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-55 ® 05745159 CTIS Front Inflate Valve Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Disconnect front in ﬂ ate solenoid. Using a D V OM set to measure voltage connect the positi ve lead to the tan wire(CKT91), and the negati ve lead to the black wire(CKT57). W ith the igni ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 827

12-56 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® CTIS Rear Inflate Valve Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Disconnect front in ﬂ ate solenoid. Using a D V OM set to measure voltage connect the positi ve lead to the grey wire(CKT92), and the ne gativ e lead to the black wire(CKT57). W ith the ignition on ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 828

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-57 ® 05745159 Figure 2-78: CTIS Schematic REAR SOL DEFLA TE SOL FRONT SOL FRONT LOW PRESSURE REAR LOW PRESSURE 57 BK 92 GY 57 BK 47 LG 57 BK 91 TN A B A B A B G2 640 OR 428 PK 640 OR 428 PK C1-24 C1-58 C1-63 C1-23 C1-57 C3-C4 C3-C2 C3-C3 RF C12-F C12-D C12-E W ARNING LAMP ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 829

12-58 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-79: Lights Schematic (Sheet 1 of 2) 9-S12-006.1 SIDE MARKER CLEARANCE P ARK/TURN HEAD LIGHTS 13TN 3 LB 12 DR 58 BK 20 RD 2 LG CLEARANCE P ARK/TURN SIDE MARKER 3 LB 2 LG 80 WH 80 WH 58 BK 12 DR 13TN 58 BK 20 RD UNDER HOOD LAMP HOOD HARNESS AB C A B C D G4 C2- ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 830

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-59 ® 05745159 Figure 2-79: Lights Schematic (Sheet 2 of 2) 9-S12-007.1 20A CB MAXI FUSE 2M EXTERIOR TO BA TTER Y 30A CB MAXI FUSE 3M EXTERIOR TO BA TTER Y 15 WH 14 LB 15 WH 14 LB 20 RD 12 OR 13 TN 3 LB 80 WH 2 LG 21 GY BUSS L1A 5 DG 9 YL FUSE 3F 7.5 A INTERIOR FUSE 4F 7.5 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 831

12-60 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-80: Key/Headlight Chime Schematic FUSE 7F 5 AMP INTERIOR FUSE 1G 5 AMP INTERIOR KEY , HEADLIGHT , SEATBEL T CHIME G4 59 BK 640 BR 450 PK 85 GY 159 WH 183 TN 158 BK KEY SWITCH (STEERING COLUMN) G4 59 BK SEA T BEL T SWITCH 85 GY 38 RD 95 YL MASTER LIGHT SWITCH ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 832

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-61 ® 05745159 HOR N Hor n Replacement Removal 1. Remov e harness connectors and adapters from horn. 2. Remove nut and horn from mounting bracket (Figure 2-81). NOTE: Overtightening horn mounting nut will distort the horn bellows and result in an “ off-key ” horn tone. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 833

12-62 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Horns Inoperative Step Action V alue Y e s No 1 Locate the horn assemblies under the hood. Disconnect the harness from the horn assemblies. W ith a D V OM check the black wires (CKT 58) for resistance to ground. Do both wires meet with speci ﬁ cations ? <.2 Ω ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 834

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-63 ® 05745159 Figure 2-82: Horn Schematic HORN RELA Y EXTERIOR FUSE BOX HORN HORN FUSE 1D 20 AMP EXTERIOR FUSE BOX 460 BK 1 DB C1-62 7 RD 6 WH G4 G2 58 BK HORN SWITCH 00-S12-007 ADAPTER ADAPTER C39-C TO REMOTE ENTR Y MODULE TO BA TT 7 RD 1F 1E 3F 3E 4-1-00 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 835

12-64 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® INSTRUMENT PANEL, GAUGES, AND SWITCHES Instrument Panel (I.P .) Replacement Removal NOTE: Tag all leads prior to removal for installation. If re- placing instrument panel, refer to procedures in this section to remove and/or disconnect the various lamps, switches, an ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 836

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-65 ® 05745159 Crashpad Replacement (Right Side) Removal 1. Remov e screw/w ashers, and crashpad from dashboard (Figure 2-84). 2. Disconnect air hose from vent duct. 3. Remove screws, side window vent, and vent duct from crashpad. Installation 1. Secure vent duct and windo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 837

12-66 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Instrument Panel Indicator Lamp Replacement NOTE: All instrument panel indicator lamps are replaced basi- cally the same. Removal 1. Remov e instrument panel. 2. Turn lamp socket one-quarter turn counterclockwise, and remove socket from indicator light housing. 3. Pu ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 838

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-67 ® 05745159 Speedometer/Odometer Replacement Removal 1. Remov e the left A-pillar dash trim (closeout). 2. Remove the left footwell closeout panel and disconnect the courtesy light plug, diagnostic link connector and the footwell vent hose from the closeout panel. 3. If ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 839

12-68 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® T achometer Replacement NOTE: Mark position of set screws in relationship to tachom- eter clock panel before disassembly. Tachometer mounting clamp must be installed in factory position to have proper clearance for reassembly. NOTE: It may be necessary to remove cloc ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 840

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-69 ® 05745159 LOW COOLANT LAMP INOPERATIV E The coolant level sensor is a solid-state semi-conductor device. The sensor ’ s resistance varies as a function of its temperature. As voltage/current flows through the sensor, sensor tempera- ture increases. In the presence of ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 841

12-70 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-92: Low Coolant Sensor Schematic LOW COOLANT SENSOR 291 PNK 794 RED 57 BLK FUSE 3B 20 AMP EXTERIOR 794 RED G1 RIGHT ST A TUS CENTER LOW COOLANT LAMP C1-55 C9 J C4 3 1 1 G3 IGNITION AB C C3 N7 G C35 9-S12-092 FUSE 4B 5 AMP INTERIOR FUSE BOX 30 GY IGNITION 4-1 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 842

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-71 ® 05745159 Oil Pressure Gauge Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Is gauge maxed out? Repair open or bad connection in CKT31 or gauge sending. Go to step 2. 2 Using a D V OM set to measure v oltage, check for voltage at the rear of the oil pressure g auge on the ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 843

12-72 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Fuel Gauge Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Using a D V OM set to measure v oltage, check for voltage at the rear of the fuel g auge on the grey wire(CKT30) connect negati ve meter lead to ground on black wire(CKT59). W ith ignition on, is voltage present? ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 844

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-73 ® 05745159 Engine Temperature Gauge Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Is gauge maxed out with ignition on? Repair short to ground in CKT 39 or faulty sending unit. Go to step 2. 2 Using a D V OM set to measure v oltage, check for voltage at the rear of the oil ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 845

12-74 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-93: Gauges Schematic FUSE 4B 5 AMP INTERIOR FUSE BOX TO DIMMER SWITCH TO IGNITION VOL T OIL SPEEDO TEMP FUEL G I L I GL S G L SI I GL SI GL S 59 BK 30 GY 17 PP G4 C3-N6 C3-N7 C3-L7 C1-30 C5-C10 G1 OIL PRESSURE SENDER TO IGN SWITCH 31 TN 353 YL C3-P9 C1-I8 39 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 846

____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-74.1 ® 05745159 Dig ital Ratio Ada pter Location The digital ratio adapter is located under the center console on the engine cover, just above the powertrain control module. Removal 1. Remov e the cup holder from the center console. 2. Disconnect the two harness connectors f ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 847

12-74.2 Electrical System _____________________________________________________ ® Figure 12-93.2 Digital Ratio Adapter Wiring Diagram TWISTED P AIR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) BA GROUND VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR RETURN 4 679 LG VEHICLE SPEED DIGIT AL RA TIO ADAPTER CRUISE CONTROL REFERENCE SIGNAL 4000 PPM SPEEDO REFERENCE SIGNAL 00-S12-038 +12 VOL T IGN ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 848

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-75 ® 05745159 HVAC Main Blower Inoperative ALL BUT High Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Ignition on, blo wer switch set to Med2, mode dial set to face. Measure v oltage on the yellow wire(CKT754) at the blo wer relay . Is v oltage present? 8 -10v Replace the blo wer relay ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 849

12-76 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® 7 Using a D V OM set to measure v oltage, place the positi ve lead on a battery po wer source. Place the ground lead in cavity 6F(CKT440). Using the scan tool, command the compressor clutch on. Does meter display battery voltage? 12v Go to step 8. Go to step 9. 8 Usi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 850

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-77 ® 05745159 14 Ignition on, mode dial set to MAX A/C. Discon- nect the high pressure cutout switch on the com- pressor . Using a D V OM set to measure voltage, check for voltage on the tan wire(CKT198). Is voltage present? 12v Go to step 15. Repair open, bad connection, ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 851

12-78 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® 4 W ith ignition on, using a D V OM set to measure voltage and using J – 35616-92 test adapters probe the GN wire (CKT 399) with the positi ve lead. Place the negati ve lead on a kno wn good ground. Is voltage present? 12v Go to step 5. Repair open or short to grou ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 852

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-79 ® 05745159 11 Using a D V OM set to measure ohms, check resis- tance between pin B (CKT 58) of the HV A C con- trol head connector and a good ground. Does resistance exceed speci ﬁ cations? <.2 Ω Replace faulty HV A C control head. Locate and repair open or poor ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 853

12-80 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Figure 12-94: HVAC Blower Schematic 30A FUSE BUIL T IN HARNESS FUSE TO AL TERNA TOR BA TTER Y TERMINAL FUSE 7C 30A INTERIOR FUSE BOX HOT IN RUN AND ST ART M BLOWER RESISTOR 755 DB 751 OR 752 GY 8 PIN AB C D HV AC CONTROL HEAD 754 YL 364 RD C36-A G4 BLOWER RELA Y BLOW ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 854

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-81 ® 05745159 Figure 12-95: HVAC Temp Blend Door/Rear Blower FE 8 PIN FUSE 7C 30A INTERIOR HOT IN RUN AND ST ART FUSE 6C 20A INTERIOR HOT IN RUN AND ST ART M REAR HV AC BLOWER HL G4 405 OR 404 YL E4 E3 C6 346 PK C6-C3 399 DG C6-G1 TEMPERA TURE DOOR MOTOR 58 BK GROUND POSIT ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 855

12-82 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Figure 12-96: HVAC Compressor Schematic COMPRESSOR RELA Y 86 87 85 30 FUSE 2C 10A INTERIOR HOT IN RUN AND ST ART POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) A/C REQUEST A/C COMPRESSOR ENABLE DIODE COMPRESSOR CLUTCH G1 HIGH PRESSURE CUTOUT SWITCH LOW PRESSURE SWITCH 438 OR C1-39 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 856

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-83 ® 05745159 Windshield Wiper Motor Inoperative All Speeds Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Gain access to the wiper motor connector under the windshield trim. Using a D V OM set to mea- sure resistance, check resistance to ground on the bro wn wire (CKT 59). Is the resist ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 857

12-84 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Windshield Wiper Motor Inoperative on High Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Remov e the wiper switch from the instrument panel. T urn the ignition to the “ RU N ” position and the wiper switch to “ HIGH ” . Using a D V OM set to measure voltage, back probe the ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 858

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-85 ® 05745159 4 Ignition should be in the “ RU N ” position. Using a D V OM set to measure the v oltage, back probe the yello w wire (CKT 65) at the intermittent wiper switch. Is the speci ﬁ ed voltage present? 12v Replace the intermittent wiper switch. Repair the op ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 859

12-86 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Figure 12-97: Wiper/Washer Schematic WIPER MOTOR 65 BK 59 BR C3-H8 C3-J6 63 DG 61 RD 28 DB G4 27 OR FUSE 7G 25 AMP INTERIOR FUSE BOX TO IGNITION INTERMITTENT RELA Y WIPER SWITCH C3-J7 C3-H7 27 OR 65 YL 570 BK LOW W ASHER FLUID SWITCH RIGHT HAND ST A TUS CENTER LOW WA ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 860

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-87 ® 05745159 Rear Window Wiper Inoperative Steps Action V alues Y es No 1 Gain access to the wiper motor connector under the slant door trim.Using a D V OM check resis- tance on the black wire (CKT 59). Is the resis- tance in the speci ﬁ ed range? <.2 Ω Go to step ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 861

12-88 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® 10 Remo ve the rear wiper switch from the instru- ment panel. Disconnect the wiper switch harness from the switch. T urn the ignition switch to the “ RU N ” position. W ith a D V OM check v oltage on the yello w wire (CKT 65). Is the speci ﬁ ed voltage present? ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 862

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-89 ® 05745159 Figure 12-98: Rear Wiper Motor Schematic C42 REAR WIPER MOTOR M G4 66 RD FUSE 11 G 25 AMP SWIT CHED 12V INTERMITTENT RELA Y 59 BK C20-L13 62 LB 67 BR C20-C 66 RD G1 59 BK REAR WIPER SWITCH C3-A4 67 BR REAR W ASHER MOTOR M G2 58 BK 59 BK FUSE 13G 25 AMP 65 YL ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 863

12-90 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Left Heated Windshield Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Gain access to the heated windshield connections. W ith the ignition in the “ RU N ” position, preform a voltage drop test between the yello w wire (CKT 740) and the black wire (CKT 59) going to t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 864

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-91 ® 05745159 Right Heated Windshield Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Gain access to the heated windshield connections. W ith the ignition in the “ RU N ” position and the heated windshield switch on, preform a voltage drop test between the purple wire (CKT ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 865

12-92 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Both Heated Windshields Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Gain access to the heated windshield connections. Using a D V OM check the resistance to ground on the black wires at both windshields. Does the resistance meet the speci ﬁ ed value? <.2 Ω Go ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 866

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-93 ® 05745159 Figure 12-99: Heated Windshield Schematic 59 BK FUSE 2C 30 AMP EXTERIOR FUSE BOX FUSE 2D 30 AMP EXTERIOR FUSE BOX FUSE 1C 5 AMP INTERIOR FUSE BOX HEA TED WINDSHIELD SWITCH TO IGNITION LEFT WINDSHIELD RIGHT WINDSHIELD 17 PP 58 BK 83 TN C6-M7 C1-33 580 BR R-4 L ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 867

12-94 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Rear Window Defroster Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 G ain access to the male side of connector C45 on the C-pillar intermediate. Turn the key to the “ RUN ” position and the heated rear window switch to the “ ON ” position. With a DVOM check the ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 868

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-95 ® 05745159 Figure 12-100: Rear Window Defroster Schematic J6 N7 FUSE 7C 30 AMP INTERIOR FUSE BOX REAR WINDOW DEFROST SWITCH REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER ( HMC4 & HMSB ) 59 BK C1-13 G4 58 BK G4 9-S12-157 C6 C6 G1 A3 TO HV AC CONTROL P ANEL 399 DG 689 PK TO TEMPERA TURE DOOR ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 869

12-96 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Power Windows Inoperative, All Windows Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Remov e relay R4 from the interior fuse box. W ith a D V OM check ca vity G7 for resistance to ground. Does the resistance meet the speci ﬁ ed v alue? <.2 Ω Go to step 2. R epair the open o ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 870

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-97 ® 05745159 Drivers Window Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Do all the other windo ws operate as designed? ––– Go to step 2. Refer to proper chart. 2 Remov e the driv ers power windo w switch and harness from the bezel. W ith a D V OM check the resistanc ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 871

12-98 Electrical System _______________________________________________________ ® Power Windows Only Operate Using The Console Switches Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Does the dri vers door windo w operate as designed? ––– Go to step 2. Refer to the proper chart. 2 If the windo w lock out switch is in the “ Lock ” position mov e it to t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 872

______________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-99 ® 05745159 Passenger Front Door Power Window Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Do all the other windo ws operate as designed? –– - Go to step 2. Refer to the proper chart. 2 Gain access to the passenger front po wer window switch harness in the door . T ur ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 873

12-100 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® (Passenger/Drivers) Rear Door Power Window Inoperative NOTE: Refer to the wiring diagram for the circuit numbers. Step Action V alues Y es No 1 Do all the other windo ws operate as designed? –– - Go to step 2. Refer to the proper chart. 2 Gain access to the rear ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 874

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-101 ® 05745159 Figure 12-101: Power Window Schematic 226 YL 313 DB C15 227 RD 226 YL B D C G4 9-S12-011 M M LEFT FRONT DOOR WINDOW SWITCH ( ALL MODELS ) LEFT FRONT DOOR WINDOW MOTOR 45 3 12 RIGHT FRONT DOOR WINDOW MOTOR RIGHT FRONT DOOR WINDOW SWITCH ( ALL MODELS ) 45 3 12 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 875

12-102 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® PO W ER DOOR LOCK SWITCH REPLACEMENT NOTE: Switch replacement is the same for all doors. Removal 1. Remov e mounting plate, capscrews, and remo ve switch from switch bezel (Figure 12-102). 2. Disconnect door harness from switch. Separate switch from mounting plate. I ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 876

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-103 ® 05745159 Figure 12-104: Door Lock Actuator Removal/Installation 5. Remove actuator attaching screws. 6. Remove actuator from door and disconnect actuator rod from clips and actuator. Installation NOTE: Color coding on actuator rod is positioned away from actuator duri ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 877

12-104 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® Rear Cargo Door Lock Module Replace- ment (HMCS Only). Removal 1. Remov e right rear seat. 2. Remove right rear seat belt ratchet assembly. 3. Remove right rear corner trim assembly (Figure 12-106). Figure 12-106: Removing Right Rear Trim Piece 4. Disconnect rear doo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 878

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-105 ® 05745159 K E YLESS ENTR Y & THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS K e yless Entr y & Theft Deterrent System The optional keyless entry system allows convenient operation of the vehicle door locks from a distance. Equipped vehicles are supplied with two ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 879

12-106 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® SYSTEM FEATURES System features can be activated or deactivated as required by the owner. Some system features are active when the vehicle is purchased. Passiv e Theft Deterrent Ar ming This feature will automatically arm the theft deterrent system 30 seconds after y ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 880

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-107 ® 05745159 REMOTE ENTR Y SYSTEM Remote Entr y Receiver Replacement Removal 1. Remov e front console enough to gain access to receiv er (Section 10). 2. Disconnect two receiver harness connectors from receiver (Figure 12-109). 3. Remove receiver from two velcro strips. I ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 881

12-108 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® REMOTE ENTR Y RECEIVER/T RANSMITTER REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e center console. 2. Disconnect wire connection at receiver and remove reciever from engine cover (Figure 12-109). 3. Installation 1. Place hook and loop on back of recei ver and place recie ver on engi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 882

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-109 ® 05745159 5. Immediately turn the ignition key off (3 chirps indicates exit remote transmitter program mode) and then back on. The vehicle's horn will sound 2 chirps indicating that the system is in feature programming mode. 6. Press and release the programming sw ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 883

12-110 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® Power Locks Inoperative w/o Keyless Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Remov e the passenger door lock switch from the bezel. Using a D V OM measure v oltage on pin 3 (CKT 517). Is the speci ﬁ ed voltage present? 12v Go to step 2. R epair the open, or bad connection i ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 884

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-111 ® 05745159 Power Door Locks Inoperative, W/ Remote Entry Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Remov e the passenger door lock switch from the bezel. Using a D V OM measure v oltage on pin 3 (CKT 517). Is the speci ﬁ ed voltage present? 12v Go to step 2. R epair the open, o ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 885

12-112 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 8 Using a D V OM measure resistance to ground at C30 pin A (CKT 58). Does the resistance meet the speci ﬁ ed value? <.2 Ω Repair the open or bad connection in CKT 517 between the remote entry module and fuse 3H. Repair the open or bad connec- tion in CKT 58 be ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 886

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-113 ® 05745159 Cargo Door Lock Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 D oes power the lock system on v ehicle operate correctly? Go to step 2. Refer to the diagnostic charts that apply . 2 Open the primary cargo door . Using a D V OM measure the voltage across the bras ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 887

12-114 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® Remote Entry System Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Does the panic feature operate when the button is depressed on the transmitter? Go to step 6. Go to step 2. 2 Does the L.E.D. illuminate on the ke yless transmitter when a button is depressed? Go to step ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 888

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-115 ® 05745159 Figure 12-110: Power Locks HMCS W/ Remote Entry L/R DOOR LOCK ACTUA T OR R/R DOOR LOCK ACTUA T OR CARGO DOOR LOCK ACTUA T OR 1 17 PK 1 18 BR FUSE 3H 20A INTERIOR G4 1 2 34 5 1 19 TN E C17-A AB L U 3 45 2 1 120 LG 517 OR 121 YL 1 17 PK 1 18 BR L/F DOOR LOCK AC ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 889

12-116 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® Figure 12-111: Power Locks HMCS W/O Remote Entry B L/R DOOR R/R DOOR CARGO DOOR 1 17 PK 1 18 BR FUSE 3H 20A INTERIOR G4 1 2 34 5 1 19 TN E C17-A AB L U 3 45 2 1 120 LG 517 OR 121 YL 1 17 PK 1 18 BR L/F DOOR LOCK ACTUA T OR D E M U L M L U M U L M U L C22 B A R/F DOOR ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 890

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-117 ® 05745159 H Figure 12-112: Power Locks HMC4, XLC2 , HMSB W/ Remote Entry FUSE 3H 20A INTERIOR HOT A T ALL TIMES G4 L U 1 2 34 5 1 19 TN C15-F C14-E C15-A C14-A D 121 YL C14-B C16-F C16-E C17-A C16-A C16-B L U 3 45 2 1 120 LG 517 OR F H 121 YL C31 BA TT INPUT COMMON UNL ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 891

12-118 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® Figure 12-113: Power Locks HMC4, XLC2 , HMSB W/O Remote Entry L/R DOOR LOCK ACTUA T OR (not used on XLC2) R/R DOOR LOCK ACTUA T OR (not used on XLC2) SLANT BACK DOOR LOCK ACTUA T OR (HMSB only) 1 17 PK 1 18 BR FUSE 3H 20A INTERIOR BA TT G4 1 2 34 5 1 19 TN E C17-A AB ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 892

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-119 ® 05745159 Figure 12-114: Remote Entry Module Power/Ground FUSE 1H 5 AMP INTERIOR FUSE 7B 5 AMP INTERIOR G4 A 58 BK 554 GY 840 DG BA TT IGNITION C1-62 TO HORN SWITCH ON STEERING COLUMN TO P ARK LAMP SWITCH TO HORN RELA Y TO P ARK LIGHT 1 DB 14 LB 53 LB FUSE 5 H 15 AMP I ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 893

12-120 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® PO W ER DOOR LOCK FR ONT DOOR HARNESS REPLACEMENT Removal NOTE: Left and right front power door lock harness replace- ment procedures are similar. 1. Remov e front seat. 2. Remove outer kick panels. 3. Remove power door locks switch from door trim. 4. Remove front do ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 894

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-121 ® 05745159 PO W ER DOOR LOCK REAR DOOR AND JUMPER HAR NESS REPLACEMENT Removal NOTE: Left and right rear power door locks harness replace- ment procedures are identical. 1. Remov e front seat. 2. Remove trim from B-beam and B-pillar (Section 10). 3. Remove side trim and ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 895

12-122 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® Installation NOTE: Lubricate bushings, rubber grommet, and door harness teflon cover with silicone spray.Install clip and support bracket on rear door harness (Figure 2-117). 1. Install harness in door bushing. 2. Install support bracket in rear door with two capscre ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 896

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-123 ® 05745159 PO W ER WINDO W AND DOOR LOCKS FR ONT DOOR HAR NESS REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e front outer kick panels (Section 10). 2. Remove power window and door lock switches from door. 3. Remove front door trim, vapor barrier, and moisture barrier flap from door (Se ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 897

12-124 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-119: Power Windows and Door Locks Connections Installation NOTE: Lubricate bushing, grommet, and harness teflon cover with silicone spray. 1. Route harness through harness mounting bracket, mount- ing bracket b ushing, and door bushing (Figure 2-120). 2. Ins ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 898

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-125 ® 05745159 Figure 2-121: Power Windows and Door Locks Door Harness POWER DOOR LOCKS POWER WINDOW WINDOW BRACKET DOOR ASSEMBLY RETAINER FRONT DOOR MOUNTING DOOR MOUNTING BRACKET BUSHING BRACKET REINFORCEMENT DOOR HARNESS ACTUATOR REGULATOR BUSHING 4-1-00 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 899

12-126 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® PO W ER WINDO WS AND DOOR LOCKS REAR DOOR HAR NESS REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e center outer kick panel and lower B-pillar trim (Section 10). 2. Remove power windows switch from door. 3. Remove rear door trim, vapor barrier, and moisture barrier flap from door (Sec ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 900

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-127 ® 05745159 Figure 2-123: Rear Door Harness Installation NOTE: Lubricate bushings, grommet, and harness teflon cover with silicone spray. 1. Route harness through harness mounting bracket, mount- ing bracket b ushing, and door bushing (Figure 2-123). 2. Install harness m ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 901

12-128 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 7. Connect harness connector to power window regulator (Figure 2-123). 8. Connect harness connector to power door lock actuator. 9. Secure harness to door reinforcement with clamp and self- tapping screw. 10. Secure harness to door assembly with retainer. 11. Secure ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 902

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-129 ® 05745159 AUTO-DIMMING REAR VIEW MIRR OR WITH ELECTRONIC COMPASS AND T EMPERATURE (OPTION) Description The Auto-Dimming rear view mirror has the capability to change the opacity of the mirror glass to prevent glare. When a following vehicles head lamps hit the rear lig ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 903

12-130 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-128: Magnetic Zone Chart 4-1-00 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 904

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-131 ® 05745159 AMBIENT T EMPERATURE SENSOR Removal 1. Remov e existing nut, cushioned clamp, and ambient tem- perature sensor jumper harness from the body harness (Figure 12-129). 2. Disconnect the ambient temperature sensor jumper harness from the sensor. 3. Remove self-ta ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 905

12-132 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® Compass Mirror Display Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 T urn the ignition to the ON position, and heated windshields OFF . Is compass mirror display operating? No problem found, or inter- mittent. Go to step 2. 2 Gain access to C13, with the ignition ON m ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 906

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-133 ® 05745159 Figure 12-130: Compass Mirror Schematic COMP ASS IGNITION FUSE 2C 10 AMP FUSE 3C 7.5 AMP COMP ASS MIRROR GROUND TEMP SENSOR 407 PK 400 LG 140 OR 59 BK 767 BR BF G A D C1-61 C2-8 G4 G2 TO HEA TED WINDSHIELD SWITCH G4 59 BK 400 LG TO IGNITION SWITCH TO IGNITION ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 907

12-134 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® POW ER SIDE MIRR OR Description The side mirrors have an option of an internal heater element to aid in defrosting. Heated side mirrors will only be available if the truck is equipped with a heated windshield. The power side mirror system components are: two side mir ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 908

___________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-134.1 ® 05745159 Figure 12-130.2 Power Mirror Assembly Removal POWER MIRROR ASSEMBLY MOUNTING SCREW CONNECTOR GASKET MOUNTING PLATE DOOR JUMPER HARNESS DOOR JUMPER HARNESS CONNECTOR 3-1-01 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 909

12-134.2 Electrical System ____________________________________________________ ® Power Side Mirrors Inoperative Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Are both mirrors INOP? Go to step 2. Go to step 4. 2 Remo ve the po wer mirror switch. W ith a D V OM check circuit 517 (PK) for battery voltage. Is the speci ﬁ ed voltage present? > 12.6v Go to step ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 910

___________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-134.3 ® 05745159 Figure 12-131: Power Side Mirror Schematic 59 BK 1 23 45678 9 M M LH POWER MIRROR M M RH POWER MIRROR FUSE 3H 20 AMP 517 PK 948 DG/ YL 953 DG 947 DG/ YL 952 DB 942 OR/ BK 944 OR 17 PP TO DIMMER MODULE POWER MIRROR SWITCH LH UP / DOWN RH UP / DOWN RH LEFT / RI ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 911

12-134.4 Electrical System ____________________________________________________ ® CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEMS W ARNING: T esting of cruise control should only be preformed in areas were traf ﬁc is light and the road conditions are stable. Figure 12-130.1 : Cruise Control Operation of Cruise Control 1. Mov e the cruise control switch to the “ ON ” ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 912

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-135 ® 05745159 Cruise Control Inoperative VIN Z Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing the DTC’ s, use the scan tool Capture Info in order to record the Freeze Frame and the failure records for refer - ence, as the data will be lost when the Clear Info ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 913

12-136 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 9 Using a D V OM set to measure voltage, place the ground lead on the IP ground point. Back probe cavity A11 in C29(CKT151) with the positiv e lead. W ith the ignition on and the cruise control switch on, is voltage present? 12v Check for loose or poor connec- tion a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 914

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-137 ® 05745159 Figure 12-132: Cruise Control Schematic (Sheet 1 of 2) FUSE 5C 10AMP INTERIOR FUSE 3A 10 AMP EXTERIOR ON/ OFF SET COAST RESUME ACCEL HOT IN RUN AND ST ART HOT IN RUN AND ST ART A 29 42 37 C1 C29-A1 1 C29-B1 1 C27-D10 C28-D14 C28-C2 C27-D12 C27-D3 C27-D4 C27-D ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 915

12-138 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® Figure 2-132: Cruise Control Schematic (Sheet 2 of 2) FUSE 2D 20 AMP INTERIOR FUSE 3A 20 AMP EXTERIOR FUSE 4D 15 AMP INTERIOR FUSE 6B 5 AMP INTERIOR 10 OR 291 PK AD BRAKE LAMP TCC/ CRUISE BC 31 40 C1- TO BRAKE LAMP C28-C13 C28-D13 C28-C12 C28-C1 1 C29-B10 C29-B9 TCC ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 916

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-139 ® 05745159 DELCO A UDIO SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Delco audio systems are available in two configurations: The standard system (Figure 12-133), available on all models, consists of a radio head with cassette player (Hummer logo), either two or four coaxial speakers and an opti ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 917

12-140 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® RADIO (DELCO) REPLACEMENT Remo v al 1. Insert a radio remov al ke y in the holes in each side of the face of the radio to disengage locking clips from the mounting slee ve (Figure 12-136). 2. Pull radio out of mounting sleeve far enough to expose wire connections and ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 918

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-141 ® 05745159 7. Disconnect green wire connection and remove console. 8. Disconnect 32 pin connector from amplifier and four screws securing amplifier to mounting bracket (Figure 12-139). 9. Remove amplifier. 10. Disconnect 4 pin connector from overhead console speaker enc ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 919

12-142 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® AUDIO (DELCO MONSOON) ELECTRICAL HAR NESS (MODELS 83, 84 & 91) REPLACEMENT Remo v al 1. Remov e engine cover console. 2. Disconnect harness connector from radio head. 3. Remove Rear Seat Audio (RSA) unit from auxiliary heat and AC cover console. Disconnect RSA co ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 920

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-143 ® 05745159 AUDIO (DELCO STANDAR D) ELECTR ICAL HAR NESS (MODEL 89) REPLACEMENT Remo v al 1. Remov e engine cover console. 2. Disconnect radio harness lead from harness connector (Figure 12-142). Figure 12-142: Audio Harness Connections. 3. Remove four screws, clips, cov ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 921

12-144 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® AUDIO (DELCO STANDAR D) ELECTR ICAL HAR NESS (MODEL 90) REPLACEMENT Remo v al 1. Remov e engine cover console. 2. Disconnect harness lead from radio head (Figure 12-142). 3. Remove four screws, clips, cover, backing plate and right front speaker from trim (Figure 12- ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 922

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-145 ® 05745159 1. Identify ignition switch ke y position in which the noise appears, such as: accessory , key on engine not running, and ke y on engine running. 2. Remove fuses one at a time until the complaint condition has been eliminated. 3. Mark the complaint fuse(s) an ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 923

12-146 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® T EST ANTENNA The test antenna is simply an antenna that is not mounted on the vehicle. This tool is used as a substitute for the antenna mounted on the vehicle. The technician should connect the test antenna to the antenna input of the radio. Ground the base of the ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 924

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-147 ® 05745159 Figure 12-146: Monsoon Audio Harness Schematic Models 83, 84 & 91. BK RD BK TN B A LF SPEAKER E16 E15 BK RD BK TN B A RF SPEAKER F2 F3 BK RD BK BK TN B RD A B A LEFT CONSOLE SPKR F6 F7 BK RD BK BK TN B RD A B A RIGHT CONSOLE SPKR E13 E14 BK RD BK TN B A L ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 925

12-148 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® . Figure 12-147: Standard Audio Harness Schematic Models 83, 84, 90 & 91. OFF HEAD P ARK 2 1 P ANEL LIGHT DIMMER 476 GY 59 BK FUSE 1F 5 AMP J6 C1 B4 G3 F3 CB A E D CIRCUIT BREAKER #2 30 AMP FUSE 4G 7.5 AMP FUSE 2H 10 AMP H9 K7 FUSE 2F 5 AMP EXTERNAL FUSE BOX 137 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 926

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-149 ® 05745159 Figure 12-148: Standard Audio Harness Schematic Model 89. BK RD B A LF SPEAKER BK RD B A RF SPEAKER 8 7 6 4 3 RADIO IGNITION BA TT 12V DIMMER ILLUMINA TION GROUND 11 12 13 14 LF LF RF RF C56 00-S12-040 – + – + 4 Ω 4 Ω 813 BK 804 TN 81 1 BK 805 TN 17 P ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 927

12-150 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® Figure 12-149: CD Changer To Radio Harness, All Models. 13 11 CD CHANGER RADIO 16 10 19 12 SHIELD 9 15 15 18 13 C61 14 14 RIGHT AUDIO SIGNAL LEFT AUDIO SIGNAL AUDIO COMMON DRAIN GROUND D ATA BA TT 00-S12-002 YL WT GY RD BK PP LEFT AUDIO SIGNAL RIGHT AUDIO SIGNAL AUDI ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 928

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-151 ® 05745159 SYMPTOM T ABLE SYMPTOM PROCEDURE P A GE NUMBER Display inoperati ve, no sound from any speaker . Chart #1 12-152 No sound from one speaker (Delco std.). Chart #2 12-152 No sound from one speaker (Monsoon). Chart #3 12-153 No sound from any speak er , radio di ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 929

12-152 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® DISPLAY IS INOPERATIVE, NO SOUND FROM ANY SPEAK ER NO SOUND FROM ONE SPEAK ER (DELCO STANDARD) CHART #1 STEP A CTION V ALUE(S) YES NO 1 Disconnect connector C56. T urn the ignition switch to the “ Run ” position. W ith a D V OM, measure v oltage between terminal ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 930

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-153 ® 05745159 NO SOUND FROM ONE SPEAK ER (DELCO MONSOON) CHART #3 STEP A CTION V ALUE(S) YES NO 1 T urn ignition switch to the “ Run ” position . T urn radio “ On ” . Insert cassette or compact disc from Delco Audio system Diagnostic Kit J – 39916-A. Set radio ba ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 931

12-154 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® NO SOUND FROM ANY SPEAK ER , RADIO DISPLAY OPERATES NORMALLY (DELCO MONSOON) CHART #4 STEP A CTION V ALUE(S) YES NO 1 Disconnect connector C62. T urn ignition switch to the “ Run ” position. T urn radio “ On ” . Insert the cassette or compact disc from Delco ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 932

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-155 ® 05745159 COMPACT DISC CHANGER DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY NOTE: Steps 1-4 cover the CD changer having no function with the radio operating normally NOTE: Step 5 is used to diagnose a skipping or muted complaint . NOTE: Step 6 is used if the display reads “FOCUS” or ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 933

12-156 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® CASSETTE PLAYER DOES NOT OPERATE PR OPERLY CHART #6 STEP A CTION V ALUE(S) YES NO T ape plays weak, slow or garbled. Go to step 1. T ape inoperativ e. Go to step 3. 1 Inspect and clean moving parts and tape head or use Delco Audio System Diag- nostic Kit J – 39916- ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 934

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-157 ® 05745159 ANTENNA SYSTEM T EST CHART #7 STEP A CTION V ALUE(S) YES NO 1 Disconnect negati ve battery cable. Disconnect antenna lead-in cable at the radio recei ver . W ith a D V OM, measure resistance between the coax (outer conductor) con- nector and the negati ve bat ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 935

12-158 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® REAR SEAT A UDIO (RSA) DOES NOT OPERATE CHAR T #8 STEP A CTION V ALUE(S) YES NO 1 With ignition on, check for voltage at C59 pin A8 (CKT 819 BK). Is voltage present? +12v Go to step 2. Check/repair open circuit between C59 pin A8 and C56 pin 4. 2 With ignition in the ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 936

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-159 ® 05745159 CONNECTOR LEGEND NOTE: Connector gender is determined by the terminals. 76 W AY BULKHEAD LOCATION: LEFT SIDE FIREWALL PIN CKT COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 400 LG Ignition Feed + 2 739 PP Left heated windshield po wer + 3 740 YL Right heated windshield po wer + ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 937

12-160 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 11 787 GY Fuel pump + to selector valv e 12 37 RD Ignition relay feed 13 688 RD Rear window defrost feed 14 723 YL APP 3 5v olt reference 15 724 DG APP 3 signal 16 17 PP + FR OM DIMMER MODULE 17 718 DB APP 1 signal 18 353 YL Speedometer signal 19 607 TN ABS module di ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 938

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-161 ® 05745159 47 3 LB Left front turn signal 48 914 PP PCM class 2 communication line to DLC 49 644 YL T achometer signal 50 210 DG Low w asher ﬂ uid lev el lamp activ ation 51 195 YL Headlight switch feed 52 603 RD ABS lamp activ ation 53 719 BR APP 1 ground 54 793 YL L ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 939

12-162 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 42 W AY UNDERBODY LOCATION: LO W ER LEFT FOOTWELL NEAR ENGINE 9-S12-015 C2 MALE PIN 34 PIN 28 PIN 22 PIN 16 PIN 10 PIN 1 PIN 42 PIN 33 PIN 27 PIN 21 PIN 15 PIN 9 9-S12-016 C2 FEMALE CA V 42 CA V 33 CA V 27 CA V 21 CA V 15 CA V 9 CA V 34 CA V 28 CA V 22 CA V 16 CA V 1 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 940

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-163 ® 05745159 14 17 PP Light power from dimmer module 15 16 17 18 19 999 BK Right front wheel speed sensor high signal 20 998 BR Right front wheel speed sensor low signal 21 22 994 BR Right rear wheel speed sensor low signal 23 995 BK Right rear wheel speed sensor high sig ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 941

12-164 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 56 W AY INSTRUMENT PANEL LOCATION: BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL C3 MALE 9-S12-050 E G F D C B A M P N L K J H 1 2 3 4 5 10 9 8 7 6 PIN A1 PIN H6 C3 FEMALE 9-S12-049 E G F D C B A M P N L K J H 6 7 8 9 10 5 4 3 2 1 CA V H6 CA V A1 PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A1 195 YL Headli ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 942

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-165 ® 05745159 D1 338 DB Glow plug wait lamp acti v ation D2 2 LG Right turn indicator lamp activ ation D3 961 PP TT4 indicator lamp activ ation E1 42 BR Brak e indicator lamp acti vation E2 603 RD ABS indicator lamp acti v ation E3 793 YL Lo w washer ﬂ uid acti v ation E ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 943

12-166 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® M8 787 GY Fuel selector switch feed from fuel pump relay M9 953 DG Right hand po wer mirror up/do wn signal N6 59 BK Ground N7 30 GY Ignition feed to gauges N8 941 TN W indshield wiper washer pump acti v ation N9 945 BR Intermittent wiper relay activ ation P6 55 OR R ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 944

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-167 ® 05745159 12 W AY AMG ENGINE LOCATION: LEFT INTAKE MANIF OLD 9-S12-072 1 23 4 5 7 8 6 9 10 11 12 C4 MALE 9-S12-077 3 2 1 6 8 12 11 10 9 7 5 4 C4 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION 1 34 LB Starter solenoid acti v ation 2 198 TN A/C request from control head 3 291 PK Ignit ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 945

12-168 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 40 W AY GM ENGINE LOCATION: LEFT INTAKE MANIF OLD 9-S12-020 9-S12-019 PIN A1 PIN B1 PIN C1 PIN D1 PIN A8 PIN B12 PIN C12 PIN D8 CA V A8 CA V B12 CA V C12 CA V D8 CA V A1 CA V B1 CA V C1 CA V D1 C5 MALE C5 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A1 39 DG Engine temperature s ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 946

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-169 ® 05745159 C4 354 YL Engine coolant temperature signal C5 357 TN Intake air temperature signal C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 31 TN Oil pressure signal to gauge C11 506 LB Glo w plug feedback signal C12 156 PK Optical sensor ground D1 D2 D3 154 TN W astegate solenoid control D4 D5 D6 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 947

12-170 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 56 W AY CONSOLE LOCATION: CENTER CONSOLE C6 MALE 9-S12-050 E G F D C B A M P N L K J H 1 2 3 4 5 10 9 8 7 6 PIN A1 PIN H6 C6 FEMALE 9-S12-049 E G F D C B A M P N L K J H 6 7 8 9 10 5 4 3 2 1 CA V H6 CA V A1 PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A1 171 RD Feed to RF , RR, LR po w ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 948

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-171 ® 05745159 C3 346 PK Ignition feed to rear HV AC blo wer switch C4 D1 45 WH Battery feed to auxiliary po wer outlet D2 D3 E1 319 TN T o right rear power windo w master switch E2 320 LG T o right rear power windo w master switch E3 404 YL Rear HV A C blower lo w fan spee ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 949

12-172 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® M6 M7 83 TN Ignition feed to heated windshield switch/timer M8 580 BR Heated windshield relay activ ation M9 N6 N7 688 RD Battery feed for rear defrost N8 N9 829 LG Battery feed to radio P6 170 PP Battery feed to po wer windo w lockout switch P7 P8 313 DB T o right f ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 950

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-173 ® 05745159 35 W AY ABS ECU LOCATION: WSW RESER VOIR RECESS PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION 1 990 PK ABS valve relay input 2 3 961 PP TT4 lamp activ ation 4 977 WH Right rear inlet v alve acti v ation 5 976 RD Right rear outlet v alve acti v ation 6 973 OR Right front inlet v ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 951

12-174 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 24 970 TN Left front outlet valv e acti vation 25 677 GY Shuttle valv e switch signal 26 603 DG ABS warning lamp acti vation 27 570 BK Ground 28 29 30 609 YL Pump motor monitor 31 978 BK Reference ground 32 996 BR Left front wheel speed sensor high 33 994 BR Right re ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 952

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-175 ® 05745159 6 W AY ROOF HARNESS LOCATION: CENTER WINDSHIELD PILLAR T RIM PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 53 DB Dome lamps feed B 55 OR Car go lamp feed C 54 DG Map light feed D 59 BK Ground E F 9-S12-078 C8 MALE F A C D D F C A 9-S12-078 C8 FEMALE 4-1-00 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 953

12-176 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 10 W AY STATUS CENTER -RH LOCATION: INSTRUMENT PANEL PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 338 DB W ait lamp B 2 LG Right turn lamp C 961 PP TT4 (atc) lamp D 42 BR Brake lamp E 210 DG T ransfer case lock lamp F 428 PK Low tire air lamp G 794 RD Lo w coolant lamp H 793 YL W ash ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 954

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-177 ® 05745159 10 W AY STATUS CENTER -LH LOCATION: INSTRUMENT PANEL 9-S12-017 9-S12-018 F K C10 MALE A E K A F E C10 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 12 OR Headlamp high beam lamp B 3 LB Left turn lamp C 658 BR Check engine lamp D 327 YL Drain ﬁ lter lamp E 603 RD ABS l ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 955

12-178 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 13 W AY ABS MODULATOR LOCATION: BELOW BR AK E MASTER C YLINDER PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION 1 970 TN Left front outlet valv e activ ation 2 971 PP Left front inlet v alv e activ ation 3 4 977 WH Right rear inlet v alv e activ ation 5 976 RD Right rear outlet valv e acti ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 956

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-179 ® 05745159 10 W AY CTIS LOCATION: INSTRUMENT PANEL, RIGHT 9-S12-017 9-S12-018 F K C12 MALE A E K A F E C12 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A B 17 PP Light po wer from dimmer module C 59 BK Ground D4 7 L G D e ﬂ ate solenoid activ ation E 91 TN Front in ﬂ ate/de ﬂ ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 957

12-180 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 8 W AY COMPASS MIRR OR LOCATION: WINDSHIELD CENTER PILLAR T RIM PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 59 BK Ground B 400 LG Ignition feed C 841 RD Battery feed D 767 BR T emperature signal from sensor E F G H 53 DB Dome lamp feed 9-S12-029 9-S12-030 CI3 MALE CI3 FEMALE A D E H ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 958

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-181 ® 05745159 6 W AY LF DOOR LOCATION: LEFT FR ONT OUTSIDE KIC K PANEL PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 56 BK Ground G4 B 120 LG Oscillating power/ground circuit C 117 PK Unlock signal to the driv ers door lock actuators D 118 BR Lock signal to the driv ers door lock actuators ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 959

12-182 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 4 W AY LF DOOR LEFT FR ONT OUTSIDE KICK PANEL PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 517 OR Fused battery input to the driv ers door lock switch B 56 BK Ground G4 C 56 BK Ground G4 D 171 RD Fused ignition feed to the power windo w circuit 9-S12-033 9-S12-034 C15 MALE C15 FEMALE ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 960

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-183 ® 05745159 6 W AY RF DOOR RIGHT FR ONT OUTSIDE KIC K PANEL 9-S12-031 9-S12-032 A F A F C16 MALE C16 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 119 TN Oscillating power/ground circuit B 121 YL Unlock signal to the module from the switch C 117 PK Unlock signal to the passenger fr ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 961

12-184 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 4 W AY RF DOOR RIGHT FR ONT OUTSIDE KIC K PANEL PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 517 OR Fused battery input to the passenger door lock switch B 313 DB Up/do wn signal to the po wer windo w motor C 314 WH Do wn/up signal to the po wer windo w motor D 170 PP Fused ignition ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 962

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-185 ® 05745159 8 W AY RR DOOR RIGHT FR ONT OUTSIDE KIC K PANEL PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 5 4 DG Map light activ ation B 319 TN Up/do wn signal to the power windo w motor C 320 LG Do wn/up signal to the power windo w motor D 117 PK Unlock signal to the po wer lock actuator ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 963

12-186 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 8 W AY LR DOOR LEFT FR ONT OUTSIDE KIC K PANEL PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 5 4 DG Map lights acti v ation B 316 TN Up/down signal to the po wer windo w motor C 317 LG Down/up signal to the po wer windo w motor D 117 PK Lock signal to the driv ers side rear door lock ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 964

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-187 ® 05745159 6 W AY CARGO DOOR -MODEL 84 RIGHT LO WER B PILLAR PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 517 OR Fused battery input to the cargo lock delay module (HMCS only) B 59 BK Ground G4 C 66 RD Fused battery voltage to the rear wiper motor (HMSB only) D Empty E 64 LG Rear wiper ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 965

12-188 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 6 W AY RR DOOR JUMPER LOCATION: RIGHT LO W ER B PILLAR 9-S12-032 9-S12-031 A F A F C21 MALE C21 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 117 BR Unlock signal to the passenger side rear door lock actuator B 118 PK Lock signal to the passenger side rear door lock actuator C ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 966

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-189 ® 05745159 6 W AY LR DOOR JUMPER LOCATION: LEFT LO W ER B PILLAR PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 118 BR Lock signal to the driv ers side rear door lock actuator B 117 PK Unlock signal to the driv ers side rear door lock actuator C 316 TN Up/down signal to the po wer windo w ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 967

12-190 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 10 W AY P O WER MIRR OR SWITCH LOCATION: INSTRUMENT PANEL, LEFT PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 59 BK Ground G4 B 517 PK Fused battery input to the power mirror switch C 948 DG/YL Left po wer mirror vertical control D 952 DB Right po wer mirror vertical control E 947 DG/ ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 968

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-191 ® 05745159 4 W AY LH P O WER MIRR OR LOCATION: LEFT DOOR 9-S12-039 9-S12-040 B A D C BC D A C24 MALE C24 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 942 OR/BK Left po wer mirror common B 947 DG/YL Left po wer mirror horizontal control C 948 DG/YL Left po wer mirror v ertical con ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 969

12-192 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 4 W AY RH P O WER MIRR OR LOCATION: RIGHT DOOR 9-S12-039 9-S12-040 B A D C B C D A C25 MALE C25 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 944 OR Right po wer mirror common B 952 DB Right power mirror horizontal control C 953 DG Right power mirror v ertical control D 4-1-00 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 970

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-193 ® 05745159 6 W AY FUEL T ANK JUMPER LOCATION: C BEAM ABO V E PROP SHAFT 9-S12-031 9-S12-032 A F A F C26 MALE C26 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 59 B K Ground B 29 PK Fuel lev el signal to fuel gauge C 675 YL Fuel le vel signal from auxiliary tank D 786 RD Fuel selec ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 971

12-194 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 32 W AY PCM-BR OWN LOCATION: CENTER CONSOLE, PCM 9-S12-042 C1 C16 D16 D1 C27 MALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION C1 651 PP Crankshaft position sensor ground – C2 439 YL A/C request+ C3 C4 357 TN Intake air temp sensor signal C5 721 LB APP sensor (2) signal C6 466 YL Glo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 972

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-195 ® 05745159 D6 725 GY APP (3) ground D7 506 LB Glow plug feedback signal D8 238 DG Lift pump relay enable + D9 156 PK Optical sensor ground – D10 153 LG Cruise control resume/accelerate D11 496 GY Transmission input speed signal (hi) D12 717 WH APP (1) 5 v olt ref. D13 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 973

12-196 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 32 W AY PCM-BLUE LOCATION: CENTER CONSOLE, PCM 9-S12-042 C1 C16 D16 D1 C28 MALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION C1 C2 720 TN APP (2) 5 volt ref. C3 712 LG Fuel inject signal C4 237 LG 1-2 shift solenoid control C5 924 TN T orque con verter clutch solenoid control C6 315 YL ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 974

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-197 ® 05745159 D6 570 BK Ground G2 D7 570 BK Ground G2 D8 D9 D10 D11 714 RD Check throttle lamp control D12 D13 537 OR Battery D14 154 TN W aste gate solenoid control D15 D16 PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION 4-1-00 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 975

12-198 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 24 W AY PCM-BR OWN LOCATION: CENTER CONSOLE, PCM PIN CKT CKT DESCRIPTION A1 491 BK Closure ground A2 703 OR High resolution sensor signal A3 565 BR T ransmission output speed sensor/VSS A4 442 BR Cam sensor signal A5 349 YL Crankshaft position sensor signal A6 223 DB ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 976

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-199 ® 05745159 8 W AY REMOTE ENTR Y , GRAY LOCATION: CENTER CONSOLE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 58 B K Module ground G4 B C D 53 L B Dome lamp activ ation E 1 DB Horn Activ ation F 840 DG Fused ignition input to the remote entry module G 554 GY Fused battery input to the re ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 977

12-200 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 8 W AY REMOTE ENTR Y , BLAC K LOCATION: CENTER CONSOLE 9-S12-036 A D H E C31 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 118 BR Lock signal to the door lock actuators B 122 PP Lock signal from the switch to the module C D 517 OR Fused battery input E 117 PK Unlock signal to t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 978

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-201 ® 05745159 10 W AY T RANSMISSION-GRE Y LOCATION: A BEAM, LEFT NEAR LIFT PUMP 9-S12-023 9-S12-024 A EF K A EF K C32 MALE C32 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 495 DB Transmission Input Speed Sensor lo w B 496 GY T ransmission Input Speed Sensor high C 237 LG 1-2 shift s ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 979

12-202 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 10 W AY T RANSMISSION-BLAC K LOCATION: A BEAM, LEFT NEAR LIFT PUMP 9-S12-023 9-S12-024 A EF K A EF K C33 MALE C33 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 676 PP V ehicle Speed Sensor high B 679 LG V ehicle Speed Sensor lo w C D E 210 DG T ransfer case lock switch light ac ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 980

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-203 ® 05745159 20 W AY T RANSMISSION P ASS THROUGH LOCATION: TR ANSMISSION, LEFT 9-S12-022 A D E L T Y SK C34 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 237 LG 1-2 Shift Solenoid activ ation B 315 YL 2-3 Shift Solenoid acti vation C 264 RD Pressure Control Solenoid high D 265 LB Pr ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 981

12-204 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 3 W AY LO W COOLANT SENSOR LOCATION: SUR GE T ANK 2 W A Y HV A C BLOWER LOC A TION: RIGHT A-PILLAR PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 291 PK Ignition power B 794 RD Signal output C 57 BK Ground C35 FEMALE C35 MALE A B C 9-S12-090 9-S12-091 A B C 9-S12-105 9-S12-106 C36 MALE ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 982

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-205 ® 05745159 4 W AY HV A C BLOWER RESIST OR HARNESS LOC A TION: RIGHT A-PILLAR 3 W AY LOCATION: LEFT A-BEAM NEAR FUEL M ANAGER 9-S12-104 9-S12-103 C 37 MALE C 37 FEMALE A A B B C C D D PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 754 YL Blo wer acti vation B 751 OR Medium 1 blower C 755 D ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 983

12-206 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 7 W AY TUR N SIGNAL SWITCH HARNESS LOCATION: STEER ING COLUMN 6 W AY TUR N SIGNAL SWITCH HARNESS LOCATION : STEER ING COLUMN PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A3 L B Left front turn signal, status center signal. B9 Y L Left rear turn signal C1 D B Horn circuit ground D1 3 T ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 984

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-207 ® 05745159 8 W AY LIFT GATE JUMPER HAR NESS LOCATION: 4 W AY SLANT DOOR WIPER PLUG TOP OF SLANT DOOR BEHIND TRIM. PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 59 BK Ground G4 B 66 RD Rear wiper 12 v common supply C 64 LG Rear wiper 12 v start supply D 62 LB Rear wiper 12 v run supply E ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 985

12-208 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 3 W AY FRONT WIPER HARNESS NEAR MOTOR BEHIND A-PILLAR TR IM 2 W AY WIPER MOTOR CONNECTOR NEAR MOTOR BEHIND THE A-PILLAR TRIM PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 28 DB Intermittent Po wer Supply B 63 DG Low Speed Po wer Supply C 61 RD High Speed Po wer Supply PIN CKT COLOR DE ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 986

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-209 ® 05745159 2 W A Y REAR WINDO W DEFR OSTER HARNESS LOC A TION: C-PILLAR INTERMEDIA TE 4 W A Y REAR WINDO W DEFR OSTER SWITCH CONNECT OR LOC A TION: BA CK OF THE HV A C PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 58 BK Ground for the rear windo w defroster G4 B 689 PK Rear window defros ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 987

12-210 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 10 W A Y C ARGO DOOR LOCK DELA Y MODULE CONNECTOR LOC A TION: ON MODULE 5 W A Y DRIVERS DOOR LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR LOC A TION: IN THE DRIVERS DOOR PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION 1 Empty 2 Empty 3 59 BK Ground G4 4 Empty 5 118 BR Lock signal to the cargo door lock delay mo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 988

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-211 ® 05745159 5 W A Y P ASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH CONNECT OR LOC A TION: IN THE P ASSENGERS DOOR PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION 1 122 PP Lock signal from the switch to the module 2 120 LG Oscillating power/ground circuit 3 517 OR Fused battery input to the passenger door lock s ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 989

12-212 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® 16 W A Y RADIO HARNESS LOC A TION: B A CK OF THE RADIO PIN CKT COLORS DESCRIPTION 1 Empty 2 Empty 3 14 LB Radio illumination 4 137 RD Fused battery input to the radio (Ignition) 5 6 17 P P Dimmer Circuit 7 476 GY Fused radio memory feed (Battery) 8 59 BK Ground G4 9 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 990

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-213 ® 05745159 6 W AY RADIO ACCESSOR Y CONNECTOR LOCATION: BACK OF THE R ADIO 8 W AY RADIO JUMPER CONNECTOR LOCATION: BACK OF THE R ADIO PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION 17 18 830 PK Ampli ﬁ er sense 19 842 OR Rear seat audio enable 20 839 YL Cell phone mute 21 22 843 GY Rear se ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 991

12-214 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A1 819 BK Right rear speaker signal (Negati ve) A2 818 PP Right rear speak er signal (Positiv e) A3 821 BK Left rear speaker signal (Negati ve) A4 820 DG Left rear speaker signal (Positiv e) A5 843 GY Rear seat audio control A6 A7 A8 137 RD ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 992

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-215 ® 05745159 8 W AY BODY TO CONSOLE CONNECTOR LOCATION: BEHIND THE CENTER CONSOLE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 476 GY Fused radio memory input (Battery) B 137 RD Fused battery input to the radio (Ignition) C 59 BK Ground G4 D 17 PP Dimmer Circuit E 14 LB Radio Illumination ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 993

12-216 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® CD CHANGER CONNECTOR LOC A TION: BA CK OF THE CD CHANGER PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION 7 –– 8 –– 9 –– BR Shielding for the audio circuits 10 –– WH Right audio signal 11 –– YL Left audio signal 12 –– GY Audio common 13 –– BK Ground G4 14 –– ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 994

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-217 ® 05745159 AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR LOCATION: ON THE AMPLIF IER PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION E1 805 GY Right front channel positive input E2 804 WH Left front channel positi ve input E3 813 BK Left front channel negati ve input E4 819 BK Right rear channel negati ve input E5 81 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 995

12-218 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® F10 826 BK Front subwoofer negati ve signal F11 827 TN Front subwoofer positi ve signal F12 F13 803 BK Right rear speaker negati ve signal F14 802 TN Right rear speaker positi ve signal F15 800 TN Left rear speaker positi ve signal F16 801 BK Left rear speaker negati ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 996

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-219 ® 05745159 INTERIOR MINI FUSE BLOCK 1 (LOWER) Buss Cavity CKT . No. Color & Ga. Fuse I1 1A –– ES (5 AMP) -1A- 2A –– 3A –– ET (7.5 AMP) -2A- 4A –– 5A 6A – – – – – -3A- 7A –– EU (10 AMP) -4A- 8A –– 9A –– EW (15 AMP) -5A- 10A –? ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 997

12-220 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® INTERIOR MINI FUSE BLOCK 2 (UPPER) Buss Cavity CKT . No. Color & Ga. Fuse L1 1E –– ES (5 AMP) -1E- 2E –– 3E –– – -2E- 4E –– 5E 6E – – – – ET (7.5 AMP) -3E- 7E –– – -4E- 8E –– 9E –– EW (15 AMP) -5E- 10E –– 11E –– – ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 998

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-221 ® 05745159 B1 5H 517 A 12 OR EX (20 AMP) -3H- 6H 37 D (BUSS B1) 14 RD 7H 70 A 12 YL EZ (30 AMP) -4H- 8H (B USS B1) – 9H 54 B 14 DG EW (15 AMP) -5H- 10H (B USS B1) – 11H 45 A 14 WH EX (20 AMP) -6H- 12H (B USS B1) – 13H 51 A 12 YL – -7H- 14H 37 A (B USS B1) 10 RD ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 999

12-222 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® INTERIOR FUSE BOX RELAYS IGNITION RELA Y RY -1 Cavity CKT . No Color & Ga. Relay MINI- FUSE / RELA Y BLOCK ➂ B5 687 A 12 GY FB C7 59 H 59 A 18 BK 18 BK B7 37 C 10 RD C6 –– C5 687 B 10 LG WIPER RELA Y RY -2 MINI- FUSE / RELA Y BLOCK ➂ Cavity CKT . No Color ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1000

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-223 ® 05745159 Figure 2-150: Interior Fuse Box Fuse/Relay Cavity I.D. 9-S12-080.1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 M L K J H G F E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 MINI-FUSE COLUMNS H G F E D C B A MINI-FUSE ROWS MICRO-RELA Y ROWS MAIN FUSE/ MINI-RELA Y ROWS 1 2 4 3 5 1 5 3 24 REL ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1001

12-224 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® EXTERIOR MINI FUSE BLOCK Buss Ca vity CKT . No. Color & Ga. Fuse I1 1A –– (FOR DIODE USE ONL Y) -1A- 2A –– 3A 351C 18 PK H (10 AMP) -2A- 4A 16A(BUSS I1) 10 LG 5A 239C 14 PK J (20 AMP) -3A- 6A (BUSS I1) – 1B –– (FOR DIODE USE ONL Y) -1B- 2B –– I2 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1002

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-225 ® 05745159 EXTERIOR MAXI FUSE BLOCK Buss Cavity CKT . No. Color & Ga Fuse or Circuit Breaker BUSS BAR 8W 37F 10 YL (40 AMP FUSE) -IM- 8X BUSS – 7W 38A 14 RD (20 AMP CD) -2M- 7X BUSS – 6W 195A 12 YL (30 AMP CB) 6X BUSS – -3M- 5W 688A 12 RD (30 AMP CB) -4M- 5X B ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1003

12-226 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® EXTERIOR FUSE BOX RELAYS RELA Y R-6 Cavity CKT . No Color & Ga. Relay ABS V A L VE RELA Y 1 991A 18 LB E 2 59G 18 BK 3 575A 12 OR 4 –– 5 990A 12 PK RELA Y R-5 ABS W ARNING RELA Y Cavity CKT . No Color & Ga. Relay 1 990B 16 PK D 2 59B 59C 16 BK 16 BK 3 603 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1004

_____________________________________________________ Electrical System 12-227 ® 05745159 Figure 2-151: Exterior Fuse Box Relay Cavity I.D. 9-S12-101 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 123456 A B C D E F 1 4 3 52 13 SP ARE SP ARE SP ARE 51 4 23 R-5 R-3 51 4 23 R-1 51 4 23 R-2 R-4 R-6 2 1 2 1 SP ARE MINI FUSES MAXI FUSES WX Y Z 51 4 23 51 4 23 51 4 23 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1005

12-228 Electrical System ______________________________________________________ ® ESSENTIAL T OOLS Procure from Kent-Moore. T ool No. Description TK-O-A T ech 1 Diagnostic Scanner Kit T A-1151 T ech 1 Adapter , part of TK-O-A T A-1152 T ech 1 T est Lead, part of TK-O-A T A-1190-A Operators Manual, T ech 1, part of TK-O-A J – 35616-A Connector T ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1006

_______________________________________________________________________________ 13-1 ® 05745159 Section 13 Accessor ies T ABLE OF CONTENTS Air Restriction Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-34 Auxiliary Seat Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-27 Frame Replacemen ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1007

13-2 Accessories _______________________________________________________________ ® Figure 13-2: Frame Bracket 4. Remove four nuts, washers, bolts, and winch from front bumper (Figure 13-3). Figure 13-3: Winch and Winch Cables 5. Remove two bolts and clamps securing winch cables to winch. 6. Remove bolt and control box cover from winch. 7. Remove c ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1008

______________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-3 ® 05745159 Winch Assembly Repair Disassembly 1. Remov e winch and winch cable. NOTE: Tag leads for assembly. 2. Remove three nuts and control leads from motor (Figure 13-5). Figure 13-5: Control Leads 3. Loosen clamps and remove control from motor (Figure 13-6). Figure ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1009

13-4 Accessories _______________________________________________________________ ® 11. Loosen set screw that retains brake. 12. Push brake through open end of drum and remove (Figure 13-8). 13. Remove driveshaft from gear train assembly (Figure 13-9). 14. Turn gear train assembly over with gear end drum support down. Remove ten hex-head screws and ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1010

______________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-5 ® 05745159 Inspection 1. Inspect drum for damage to splined end ﬂanges and tube (Figure 13-12). Replace winch if damaged. Figure 13-12: Drum Assembly and Gear Housing Assembly 2. Inspect gear end and motor end drum supports for damage. Replace if damaged. 3. Inspect ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1011

13-6 Accessories _______________________________________________________________ ® Assembly 1. Position 85 to 87 steel balls in groov e of intermediate ring gear and install intermediate ring gear in gear housing (Figure 13-15). Figure 13-15: Intermediate Ring Gear and Gear Housing 2. Install retaining rings in gear housing. 3. Apply light oil to ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1012

______________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-7 ® 05745159 17. With drum horizontal, install brake into drum (Figure 13-18). 18. Tighten brake retaining set screw to 18-22 ft-lb (24-30 N•m) torque. 19. Install two nylon thrust washers on drum. 20. Install drum assembly on gear train assembly. Rotate drum assembly ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1013

13-8 Accessories _______________________________________________________________ ® Figure 13-21: Control Leads Figure 13-22: Control Unit and Motor 4. Remove clamps from motor. 5. Place winch on end with motor end up (Figure 13-25). 6. Remove two bolt assemblies and rear cover from motor housing. NOTE: Perform steps 7 through 11 only if replacing ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1014

______________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-9 ® 05745159 3. Secure brush assembly power stud to motor housing with insulator, washer, lockwasher, and nut. 4. Coat armature shaft with lubricant and install in brush assembly. 5. Coat head of electric thermal switch with lubricant and connect to two electric thermal ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1015

13-10 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® BRUSHGUARD ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT NOTE: Brushguard assemblies may be used on vehicles with or without a winch assembly. The following procedure applies to vehicles without a winch assembly. Removal W ARNING: Stand clear of brushguard after removal of locking pins. Brus ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1016

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-11 ® 05745159 Figure 13-28: Swing-Away Spare Tire Carrier Breakdown LOCK END CAPS RUBBER WHEEL/TIRE FRAME ASSEMBLY LANYARD END GUIDE HOLD-DOWN STOP ANGLED BUMPER SQUARED SPACER CUSHION SIDE BRACE SIDE BRACKET BLOCK BRACKET RETAINING PLATE GREASE FITTING BRACKET ASSEMBLY PI ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1017

13-12 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® Installation 1. Install grease ﬁtting in mounting bracket (Figure 13-28). 2. Attach mounting bracket and spacer to rear bumper with bolts, washers, and locknuts. Raise mounting bracket to highest position possible and tighten nuts to 90 lb-ft (122 N•m). 3. Secure ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1018

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-13 ® 05745159 CARGO BED-MOUNTED SPARE TIRE CARR IER REPLACEMENT W ARNING: Always support the tire and wheel assem- bly when removing the lug nuts. The tire and wheel as- sembly weighs approximately 160 lbs (72 kgs) and may cause personal injury if it is not supported prope ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1019

13-14 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® DRIVELINE PROTECTION Skid Plate Replacement Removal 1. Remov e locknuts, washers, bolts, and washers securing skid plate to front shield (Figure 13-32). NOTE: Go to step 3 for vehicles equipped with a winch. 2. Remove locknuts, washers, bolts, washers, and skid plate ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1020

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-15 ® 05745159 Front Shield Replacement Removal 1. Remov e locknuts, washers, bolts, and spacers securing front shield to front crossmember and intermediate shield (Figure 13-33). 2. Remove locknuts, washers, bolts, and front shield from skid plate. Installation 1. Install ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1021

13-16 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® Intermediate Shield Replacement Removal 1. Remov e six locknuts, washers, bolts, washers, and four rubber washers securing two transmission support brack- ets and intermediate shield to transmission mount cross- member . Remo ve support brackets. Discard locknuts (Fi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1022

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-17 ® 05745159 Figure 13-37: Intermediate Shield Installation 1. Install intermediate shield to front crossmember and front shield with two spacers, washers, bolts, w ashers, and lock- nuts. T ighten locknuts to 44 lb-ft (60 N•m) (Figure 13-37). 2. Install right support b ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1023

13-18 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® . Figure 13-39: Rear Shield ROCK ER PANEL PROTECTION REPLACEMENT Removal NOTE: Removal of rocker panel protection is similar for both sides. This procedure covers one side only. 1. Remov e outer kick panels (Section 10). 2. Pull back carpet from front footwell and re ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1024

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-19 ® 05745159 T RAILER T O WING Figure 13-42: Trailer Wiring Connector and Dummy Plug Location T railer Jumper Har ness Hummer vehicles come from the factory equipped for easy in- stallation of the trailer jumper harness. The trailer jumper har- ness may be installed as pa ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1025

13-20 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® 2. The trailer brake circuit will not have power until a fuse (of required amperage) is installed in fuse block position 7H—the far upper right hand corner of the fuse block. Figure 13-44: Trailer Brake Controller Wiring T RAILER HITCH REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1026

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-21 ® 05745159 RUNNING BOARD REPLACEMENT Removal 1. Remov e two clips and pins securing the right and left curved tubes to the recei ver (Figures 13-46 and 13-47). Figure 13-46: Receiver 2. Remove screw, nut, and screw securing the left end cap to the left curved tube (Figu ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1027

13-22 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® 8. Remove four bolts, lockwashers, J-nuts, and front mounting bracket from body (Figure 13-50). Figure 13-50: Front Mounting Bracket and J-Nut 9. Remove four bolts, lockwashers, and front mounting bracket from rocker panel protection and body (Figure 13-51). Figure 1 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1028

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-23 ® 05745159 SIDE STEP BARS (T UBULAR) Figure 13-53: Side Step Bar Installation NOTE: This procedure covers the left side of the vehicle. The procedure for the right side is the same. Remo v al 1. Remov e the four bolts securing the tube brackets to the support brackets ( ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1029

13-24 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® ROOF RACK Roof Rack Replacement NOTE: The roof rack is available in three foot, six foot, and nine foot lengths. The following procedure is for a six foot roof rack installed on a station wagon. Three foot and nine foot pro- cedures are similar. Removal W ARNING: Roo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1030

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-25 ® 05745159 Roof Rack Cr ossbar Replacement Removal 1. Remov e roof rack from vehicle.Remove ten floor pieces from roof rack.Roof Rack Crossbar Replacement Removal 1. Remov e roof rack from vehicle. 2. Remove ten floor pieces from roof rack. 3. Remove four locknuts, wash ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1031

13-26 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® Roof Rack Clamp Replacement Removal 4. Loosen support scre w on clamp securing clip to clamp (Figure 13-58). 5. Loosen locknut securing clip to drip rail. 6. Remove clip from under drip rail. 7. Remove locknut, washer, capscrew, and clamp from roof rack. Installation ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1032

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-27 ® 05745159 AUXILIARY SEAT Auxiliary Seat Replacement Removal 1. Release and remov e four locking pins from auxiliary seat frame and auxiliary seat (Figure 13-59). 2. Remove auxiliary seat from auxiliary seat frame. Installation 1. Install auxiliary seat on auxiliary sea ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1033

13-28 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® Auxiliary Seat Frame Replacement Removal 1. Remov e auxiliary seat locking pins. 2. Remove auxiliary seat. 3. Remove four bolts, washers, and auxiliary seat frame from tunnel floor (Figure 13-61). Figure 13-61: Auxiliary Seat Frame Installation 1. Install auxiliary s ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1034

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-29 ® 05745159 UPHOLSTER Y , LEATHER A UXILIAR Y SEAT Remo v al 1. Remov e the four locking pins securing the auxiliary seat to the seat frame (See Figure 13-63). 2. Remove the auxiliary seat from the seat frame. 3. Seat Base: a. Remove the bolts securing the safety belts t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1035

13-30 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® HOURMETER By tying into the fuel pump relay hot lead, the hourmeter records engine running time. This is especially useful in fleet applications where vehicles experience extensive idling. The electrical connector is wired into the engine harness, ready for hourmeter ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1036

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-31 ® 05745159 OFF ROAD LIGHT P AC KAGE KC HiLites High Intensity Discharge Lighting System Remo v al 1. Disconnect battery ground cables. 2. Remove switch from dash, disconnect spare power and ground wires under dash and pull wires through cowl. 3. Remove relay from mount ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1037

13-32 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® 3. Route the harness from the ballast along the passenger side of the radiators, under the foam hood seal, to the passenger side light. The driver side light harness routes from the ballast across the top of the radiators, under the foam hood seal, and down the drive ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1038

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-33 ® 05745159 Diagnostics Table 1: Off Road Light Package Inoperative STEP ACTION VALUE(S) YES NO 1 T urn high beam headlights on. Using a DVOM, check for approximate battery voltage at the white supply wire to the dash switch. Is voltage present? Approxi- mate battery + v ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1039

13-34 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® AIR RESTRICTION GAUGE Remo v al 1. Disconnect the hose from the air restriction gauge and the hose barb in the air cleaner and remov e the hose (Figure 13-71). 2. Remove two screws securing the gauge and bezel to the mounting bracket and remove the gauge and bezel. 3 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1040

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-35 ® 05745159 DUAL OIL FILTER Remo v al 1. Remov e oil ﬁlters from oil ﬁlter adapter . 2. Remove bolt, gasket and two small o-rings securing adapter to engine block and remove adapter. 3. Remove large o-ring, plug and two connectors from adapter. Installation 1. Use pi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1041

13-36 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® DELCO COMPACT DISC CHANGER REPLACEMENT Remo v al 1. Remov e four screws retaining the CD changer bezel to the console and remov e bezel (See Figure 13-73). 2. Remove four screws retaining the CD changer mounting brackets to the console. 3. Pull the CD changer out far ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1042

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-37 ® 05745159 SEAT HEATER NOTE: The following procedures apply to either the left or the right front seat. Remo v al 1. Disconnect two wire connectors at the lower rear of the seat back and clip the wire ties securing the wires to the seat frame. 2. Remove four seat retain ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1043

13-38 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® Diagnostics Seat Heater Does Not Heat Step Action V alue(S) Y e s No 1 NOTE: The control box contains a timer that will shut the heater off after one hour of use. The switch must be cycled “OFF” and “ON” to restart the heat cycle. Turn ignition to the “ON? ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1044

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-39 ® 05745159 Figure 13-78: Seat Heater Schematic BLK 7 ORG BLU BLK GRN 2D 2C 2B 2A CONTROL BOX YEL WHT GRY 1C 1B 1A 6 5 4 3 2 1 GRY YEL 2 1 POWER STUD INTERNIAL FUSE BOX FUSE 3G 30 AMP INSTRUMENT P ANEL GROUND POINT 71A WHT RED RED BLK BLU GRN GRY YEL 297B B A CUSHION ELE ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1045

13-40 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® OFF-ROAD ACCESSOR Y KIT (MODEL 84) Remo v al 1. Remov e four bolts, locknuts, 8 retainer plates and gaskets securing the box to the wheelhouse (See Figure 13-79). 2. Lift the box off the wheelhouse and out of the vehicle. Figure 13-79: Off-Road Accessory Box Mounting ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1046

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-41 ® 05745159 NOTE: The edge trim should not be installed over the vertical angle brackets in the front corners of the bed. NOTE: If you are reusing the original edge trim you will need to install a double sided foam tape such as 3M 06382 to the backside of the edge trim p ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1047

13-42 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® REMOTE ENTR Y T RANSMITTER BATTER Y REPLACEMENT 1. Remov e the screw in the back of the transmitter (See Figure 13-81). 2. Using a small screw driver or a knife blade, carefully pry the two halves of the transmitter apart exposing the battery. 3. New batteries can be ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1048

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-43 ® 05745159 STAINLESS STEEL FR ONT BUMPER CO V ER (WITH WINCH) Remo v al 1. Remov e two bolts and the licence plate mount bracket (See Figure 13-83). 2. Remove four bolts, washers and two tow bracket/lifting shackle assemblies. 3. Support the winch and remove the bolts a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1049

13-44 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® STAINLESS STEEL UPPER GRILLE COV ER REPLACEMENT Remo v al 1. Remov e the six screws, w ashers and nuts securing the SS grille frame to the original grille frame and remov e the SS grille frame (See Figure 13-85). Figure 13-85: SS Upper Grille Frame R&I 2. Peel th ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1050

____________________________________________________________ Accessories 13-45 ® 05745159 SOFT SLANT BACK (MODEL 90) Remo v al 1. Unzip the forward portion of the slant back co ver from the soft top cov er . 2. Release the hook and loop fasteners on the lower sides and the lower rear of the slant back cover. 3. Release the hook and loop fasteners ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1051

13-46 Accessories _____________________________________________________________ ® THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1052

_____________________________________________________________________ Index 14-1 ® 05745159 A A/C Compressor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 A/C System Refrigerant and Capacity . . . . . . . 11-5 Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Air Cleaner Assembly Air Cleaner Filter Element Service . . . . . . 3 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1053

14-2 Index ______________________________________________________________________ ® Bolt Identification and Torque Limits (Dry) . . 1-13 Bolt Identification and Torque Limits (Wet) . . 1-14 Boost Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Brake Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Bleeding ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1054

_____________________________________________________________________ Index 14-3 ® 05745159 Rear CTI Line Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50 Rear Tube Connection Shield . . . . . . . . . . 6-53 Spindle Extension and Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54 Supply Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1055

14-4 Index ______________________________________________________________________ ® Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 Engine Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Engine Noise Diagnosis Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-99 Ident ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1056

_____________________________________________________________________ Index 14-5 ® 05745159 Fuel Filler Housing Replacement . . . . . . . . . 10-63 Fuel Filter Drain Hose and Valve Replacement . . . . . 3-32 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 Fuel Filter Warning Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Fuel Inje ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1057

14-6 Index ______________________________________________________________________ ® Rear Window Defroster Schematic . . . . . 12-95 Right Heated Windshield Inoperative . . . 12-91 Hood Center Hood Stop Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-49 Front Hood Screen Replacement . . . . . . . 10-50 Grille and Screen Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-49 Guide Brack ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1058

_____________________________________________________________________ Index 14-7 ® 05745159 I Identification Numbers Engine Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Transfer Case Identification Number . . . . . . 1-5 Transmission Identification Number . . . . . . 1-4 Vehicle Identification Number Decoding Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1059

14-8 Index ______________________________________________________________________ ® Maplight Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 Optional Trouble Light Replacement 10-84 Rear Turn Signal Light Replacement 10-81 Service Headlight Assembly . . . . . . . 10-78 Service Headlight Electrical Connector and Grommet Replacement . . . . . . . 10-85 Si ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1060

_____________________________________________________________________ Index 14-9 ® 05745159 Power Locks Cargo Door Lock Inoperative . . . . . . . . 12-113 General Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-102 Keyless Entry & Theft Detterent System Operating Instructions . . . . . . . 12-105 Keyless Entry Programming . . . . . . . . . 12-108 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1061

14-10 Index _____________________________________________________________________ ® S Safety Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Non-approved accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Warnings, cautions, and notes . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Scan Tool Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Seat Belts Seat ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1062

____________________________________________________________________ Index 14-11 ® 05745159 Steering Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-44 Steering Gear Adjustment Preload Torques 8-44 Steering Pump Flow Rates and Operating Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-44 Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1063

14-12 Index _____________________________________________________________________ ® Towing, Lifting, Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Trailer Hitch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-20 Trailer Towing Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19 Transfer Case Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170 Cle ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1064

____________________________________________________________________ Index 14-13 ® 05745159 V Vacuum Pump Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 Valve Lifter Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-88 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1065

14-14 Index _____________________________________________________________________ ® THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1066

_______________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 1 ® 05745159 General Information The control module system has a computer, Powertrain Con- trol Module (PCM) to control fuel delivery timing, and some emission control systems. The control module system, monitors a number of engine and vehicle functions and controls the f ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1067

2 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ______________________________________________________ ® Diagnostic Information The diagnostic table and functional checks in this manual are designed to locate a faulty circuit or component through logic based on the process of elimination. The charts are prepared with the requirements that the vehicle functioned correctly ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1068

_______________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 3 ® 05745159 T ech 1 Scan T ool The diagnostic procedures in this manual assume the use of a Tech 1 scan tool. Since the Tech 1, produced by Expertec, is able to perform functions, such as, bidirectional communica- tion that other scan tools are unable to perform, it has ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1069

4 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ______________________________________________________ ® PO W ERTRAIN OBD SYSTEM CHECK Circuit Description The On Board Diagnostic System Check is an organized ap- proach to identifying a problem created by an electronic engine system fault. The OBD system check is the starting point for any driveability diagnosis. The OBD s ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1070

_______________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 5 ® 05745159 PCM Programming (TDC Of fset) The PCM will automatically activate the TDC Offset program when the engine coolant is greater than 170°F (77°C). If the PCM is not programmed with a TDC Offset, a P1214 will set. If the PCM and Fuel injection pump are replaced ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1071

6 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ______________________________________________________ ® Typical Engine Data Values Idle/Upper Radiator Hose Hot/Closed Throttle/Park or Neutral/ACC. “OFF” T ech 1 P arameter Units Displayed Typical Data V alue Engine Speed RPM ±100 RPM from desired Desired Idle RPM PCM idle command ECT C°/F° 85°C - 105°C (185°F - ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1072

_______________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 7 ® 05745159 Resume Switch on/off off TR Switch Park-Neutral, Re verse, Dri ve Ranges Park Crank Ref Missed # 0 (missed) Inj. Pump Cam Reference Missed # 0 (missed) Lift Pump volts 12 - 15 volts Lift Pump System disabled/enabled enabled Engine Load % 4 - 6% Engine T orque ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1073

8 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ______________________________________________________ ® No Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) “Check Engine” Step Action V alue(s) Y es N o 1 W as the “On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check” performed? — Go to Step 2 Go to OBD System Check 2 Attempt to start the engine. Does the engine start? — Go to Step 3 Go to ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1074

_______________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 9 ® 05745159 14 Locate and repair short to ground in the status center Ignition Feed circuit. Is the action complete? — Go to Step 20 — 15 Replace the PCM. NO TE: If the PCM is faulty , then PCM must be pro- grammed. Go to PCM Replacement and Programming Procedures. I ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1075

10 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® No Scan Tool Data Step Action V alue(s) Y es N o 1 W as the “On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check” performed? — Go to Step 2 Go to OBD System Check 2 1. Ignition “OFF” for 30 seconds. 2. Ignition “ON,” Engine “OFF.” Is the MIL “ON”? — Go to St ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1076

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 11 ® 05745159 15 1. Ignition “OFF.” 2. Disconnect the PCM Connectors. 3. Ignition “ON.” 4. Check voltage on the DLC connector (pin 2). Is voltage at the speciﬁed v alue? 0v Go to Step 28 Go to Step 25 16 Reprogram the EEPR OM and retest. Is serial data present? ? ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1077

12 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® Engine Cranks But Will Not Start Step Action V alue(s) Y es N o 1 NOTE: Before clearing DTC(s) use the Scan Tool “Cap- ture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” function is used. W as the “On-Bo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1078

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 13 ® 05745159 15 1. Turn the ignition “ON,” engine “OFF.” 2. Verify the fuel solenoid is still disconnected. 3. Probe ignition feed circuit (terminal D) at the fuel sole- noid harness connector with a test light connected to ground. Is test light “ON”? — Go to ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1079

14 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC (DTC) IDENTIFICATION The MIL (Service Engine Soon) lamp will be “ON” if an emis- sion malfunction exists. If the malfunction clears, the lamp will go “OFF” and the DTC will be stored in the PCM. Any DTCs stored will be cleared if no problem recurs within l5 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1080

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 15 ® 05745159 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Identification DTC Description T ype Illuminate MIL P0112 IA T Sensor Circuit Lo w V oltage B Y es P0113 IA T Sensor Circuit High V oltage B Y es P0117 ECT Sensor Circuit Lo w V oltage B Y es P0118 ECT Sensor Circuit High V oltage ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1081

16 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® P0284 Cylinder Balance System Fault D No P0335 CKP Sensor Circuit Performance A Y es P0370 T iming Reference High Resolution A Y es P0380 Glo w Plug Circuit Performance B Y es P0501 V ehicle Speed Sensor Circuit D No P0567 Cruise Resume Circuit D No P0568 Cruise Set Ci ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1082

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 17 ® 05745159 PCM SCHEMATICS FUSE 2D 20A INTERIOR FUEL PUMP RELA Y EXTERIOR FUSE BOX C1-10 G2 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE FUEL PUMP RELA Y CONTROL FUEL LIFT PUMP SIGNAL TO FUEL SELECTOR SWITCH M G2 FUEL LIFT PUMP B A 57 BK 787 GY 787 GY 787 GY C27-D5 57 BK C27-D8 238 DG 537 O ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1083

18 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® FUSE 4D 15 AMP INTERIOR FUSE 6B 5 AMP INTERIOR HOT A T ALL TIMES HOT IN RUN AND ST ART STOP LAMP SWITCH TCC CRUISE BRAKE SWITCH AD BC TO STOP LAMPS C1 31 40 10 OR 291 PK 22 RD 810 PP STOP LAMP SIGNAL TCC/ CRUISE BRAKE SIGNAL FUSE 2C 10 AMP INTERIOR HOT IN RUN AND ST AR ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1084

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 19 ® 05745159 FUSE 5C 10AMP INTERIOR FUSE 3A 10 AMP EXTERIOR ON/ OFF SET COAST RESUME ACCEL HOT IN RUN AND ST ART HOT IN RUN AND ST ART A 29 42 37 C1 C29-A1 1 C29-B1 1 C27-D10 C28-D14 C28-C2 C27-D12 C27-D3 C27-D4 C27-D6 C29-B2 C29-B1 C27-C5 C29-A12 C5-D3 C5-A4 AB 154 TN 151 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1085

20 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® FUSE 3B 20AMP EXTERIOR FUSE BOX DRAIN FIL TER HOT IN RUN AND ST ART W A TER IN FUEL LIGHT LEFT HAND ST A TUS CENTER C9-D C3-F4 C1-45 BA 327 YL C C9-J W A TER IN FUEL SENSOR FUEL HEA TER 291 PK 57 BK G2 57 BK C A 9-S12-056 FUSE 4B 5AMP INTERIOR FUSE BOX TO IGNITION SWIT ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1086

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 21 ® 05745159 FUSE 3A 20 AMP EXTERIOR HOT IN RUN AND ST ART TO ST ARTER GLOW PLUG CONTROLLER IGN POWER RELA Y POWER BA TTER Y FUSIBLE LINK FUSIBLE LINK FUSIBLE LINK F U S IB L E L IN K F U S IB L E L IN K S F U S IB L E L IN K S G L O W P L U G S L H G L O W P L U G S R H F ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1087

22 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® FUSE 2D 20 AMP INTERIOR STS LAMP MIL LAMP FUSE 3A 20 AMP EXTERIOR HOT A T ALL TIMES HOT IN RUN AND ST ART HOT IN RUN AND ST ART FUSE 4B 5 AMP INTERIOR G2 G4 FUSE 1H 5 AMP INTERIOR DLC POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE SERIAL DA T A CLASS II MIL CONTROL STS LAMP CONTROL 914 PP ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1088

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 23 ® 05745159 5 VOL T REFERNCE CKP SENSOR SIGNAL SENSOR GROUND CRANK SHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CKP) AB BA B B A A C C C5-B12 C5-B5 C5-B9 BOOST/ BARO PRESSURE SENSOR INT AKE AIR TEMPERA TURE SENSOR (IA T) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP SENSOR (ECT) C5-B10 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE CKP SEN ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1089

24 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® AE BF D C 5 VOL T REFERENCE OPTICAL/ FUEL TEMP SENSOR PUMP CAM SENSOR SIGNAL HIGH RESOLUTION SIGNAL SENSOR GROUND M DA B C C5 C3 B8 C1 C12 C2 375 GY 442 BR 703 OR 156 PK 225 YL C27-D14 C29-A4 C29-A2 C27-D9 C27-C8 FUEL TEMP SIGNAL SENSOR GROUND HIGH RES SIGNAL CAM SENSO ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1090

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 25 ® 05745159 DTC P0112 Intak e Air T emperature (IA T) Sensor Circuit Lo w V oltage Circuit Description The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor is a thermistor that controls signal voltage to the PCM. When the air is cold, the sensor resistance is high, therefore the PCM w ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1091

26 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0112 - Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 NOTE: Before clearing DTC(s) use the Scan tool “Capture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” fun ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1092

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 27 ® 05745159 DTC P0113 Intak e Air T emperature (IA T) Sensor Circuit High V oltage Circuit Description The intake air temperature sensor is a thermistor that controls signal voltage to the PCM. When the air is cold, the sensor re- sistance is high, therefore the PCM will ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1093

28 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0113 - Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 NOTE: Before clearing DTC(s) use the Scan tool “Capture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” fu ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1094

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 29 ® 05745159 DTC P0117 Eng ine Coolant T emperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit Lo w V oltage Circuit Description The engine coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor is a thermistor that controls signal voltage to the PCM. When the engine is cold, the sensor resistance is high, therefore ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1095

30 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0117 - Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 NOTE: Before clearing DTC(s) use the Scan tool “Capture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference. This data will be lost when “Clear Info? ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1096

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 31 ® 05745159 DTC P0118 Eng ine Coolant T emperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit High V oltage Circuit Description The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor is a thermistor that controls signal voltage to the PCM. When the engine is cold, the sensor resistance is high, therefore ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1097

32 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0118 - Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear I ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1098

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 33 ® 05745159 DTC P0121 Accelerator P edal P osition (APP) Sensor 1 Circuit P erformance Circuit Description The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) module provides a volt- age signal that changes relative to accelerator pedal position. There are three sensors located within t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1099

34 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0121 - Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 1 Circuit Performance Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1100

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 35 ® 05745159 DTC P0122 Accelerator P edal P osition (APP) Sensor 1 Circuit Lo w V oltage Circuit Description The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) module provides a volt- age signal that changes relative to accelerator position. There are three sensors located within the AP ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1101

36 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0122 - Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage Step Action V alue(s) Y e s No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1102

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 37 ® 05745159 DTC P0123 Accelerator P edal P osition (APP) Sensor 1 Circuit High V oltage Circuit Description The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) module provides a volt- age signal that changes relative to accelerator position. There are three sensors located within the AP ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1103

38 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0123 - Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1104

___________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 38.1 ® 05745159 DTC P0126 Eng ine Coolant T emperature (ECT) Insufﬁcient for Stable Operation Circuit Description While the engine is warming, the PCM monitors the ECT sen- sor to determine how long it takes the engine to reach the cool- ant temperature required for “ Clo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1105

38.2 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® • A history DTC will clear after forty consecutive warm up cycles, if no failures are reported by this and any other emission related diagnostic. • PCM battery voltage is interrupted. • Using a scan tool. Diagnostic Aids • Using “ Freeze Frame ” and/or “ ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1106

___________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 38.3 ® 05745159 T est Description Number(s) below refer to step numbers on the diagnostic table. 2. An ECT f ailure could cause a DTC P0126 to set, so correct any ECT DTC that are set. 6. If it is obvious that the engine is not reaching full operating temperature, for example ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1107

38.4 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® 9 a. Using the Scan tool, clear the DTCs. b. Start the engine and idle at normal operating tem- perature. c. Select “ DTC Specifications ” , then enter the num- ber which was set. d. Operate the vehicle, within the conditions for set- ting this DTC, until the scan ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1108

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 39 ® 05745159 DTC P0182 Fuel T emperature Sensor Cir cuit Low V oltage Circuit Description The fuel temperature sensor is a thermistor that controls signal voltage to the PCM. When the fuel is cold, the sensor resis- tance is high, therefore the PCM will see high signal vol ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1109

44 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0215 - Engine Shutoff Solenoid Circuit Malfunction Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” function i ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1110

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 45 ® 05745159 DTC P0216 Injection Timing Control System Circuit Description Timing of the combustion event is accomplished by delivering a pulse of fuel into the combustion chamber at a desired degree of cylinder travel. This desired degree (defines the current po- sition o ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1111

46 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0216 - Injection Timing Control System Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” Was the “On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check” performed? — Go to Step 2. Go to OBD System Check. 2 1. Engine at o ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1112

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 47 ® 05745159 18 1. Using the Scan Tool, select “DTC”, “Clear Info”. 2. Start engine and idle at normal operating temperature. 3. Select “DTC”, “Specific”, then enter the DTC number which was set. Does the Scan T ool indicate that this diagnostic Ran and P a ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1113

48 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0219 Eng ine Ov er speed Condition Circuit Description The PCM has the ability to put the vehicle in an ESO con- trolled idle if an engine overspeed condition has been detected. This is a type D DTC. Conditions for Setting the DTC 5 ESO cycles with an rpm drop. Ac ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1114

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 49 ® 05745159 DTC P0219 - Eng ine Ov er speed Condition Step Action V alue(s ) Ye s N o 1 W as the “On-Board Dia gnostic (OBD) System Check” performed? — Go to Step 2. Go to OBD System Check. 2 Replace injection pump. Notice: If injection pump is faulty , the new inje ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1115

50 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0220 Accelerator P edal P osition (APP) Sensor 2 Circuit Circuit Description The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) module provides a volt- age signal that changes relative to accelerator position. There are three sensors located within the APP module that are scale ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1116

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 51 ® 05745159 DTC P0220 - Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 2 Circuit Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Inf ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1117

52 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0221 Accelerator P edal P osition (APP) Sensor 2 Circuit P erformance Circuit Description The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) module provides a volt- age signal that changes relative to accelerator position. There are three sensors located within the APP module t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1118

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 53 ® 05745159 DTC P0221 - Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 2 Circuit Performance Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference, as data will be lost when ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1119

54 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0222 Accelerator P edal P osition (APP) Sensor 2 Circuit Lo w V oltage Circuit Description The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) module provides a volt- age signal that changes relative to accelerator position. There are three sensors located within the APP module ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1120

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 55 ® 05745159 DTC P0222 - Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info”. Was the “On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check” performed? — Go to Step 2. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1121

56 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0223 Accelerator P edal P osition (APP) Sensor 2 Circuit High V oltage Circuit Description The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) module provides a volt- age signal that changes relative to accelerator position. There are three sensors located within the APP module ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1122

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 57 ® 05745159 DTC P0223 - Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference, as data will be lost when ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1123

58 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0225 Accelerator P edal P osition (APP) Sensor 3 Circuit Circuit Description The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) module provides a volt- age signal that changes relative to accelerator position. There are three sensors located within the APP module that are scale ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1124

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 59 ® 05745159 DTC P0225 - Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 3 Circuit Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Inf ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1125

60 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0226 Accelerator P edal P osition (APP) Sensor 3 Circuit P erformance Circuit Description The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) module provides a volt- age signal that changes relative to accelerator position. There are three sensors located within the APP module t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1126

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 61 ® 05745159 DTC P0226 - Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 3 Circuit Performance Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference, as data will be lost when ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1127

62 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0227 Accelerator P edal P osition (APP) Sensor 3 Circuit Lo w V oltage Circuit Description The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) module provides a volt- age signal that changes relative to accelerator position. There are three sensors located within the APP module ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1128

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 63 ® 05745159 DTC P0227 - Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 3 Circuit Low Voltage Step Action V alue(s) Y e s No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference, as data will be lost when ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1129

64 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0228 Accelerator P edal P osition (APP) Sensor 3 Circuit High V oltage Circuit Description The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) module provides a volt- age signal that changes relative to accelerator position. There are three sensors located within the APP module ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1130

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 65 ® 05745159 DTC P0228 - Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 3 Circuit High Voltage Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record Freeze Frame and Failure Record for reference, as data will be lost when ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1131

66 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0231 Fuel Lift Pump Secondar y Circuit Low V oltage Circuit Description The status of the lift pump is monitored by the PCM. This sig- nal is also used to store a DTC if the fuel pump relay is defec- tive or fuel pump voltage is lost while the engine is running. T ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1132

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 67 ® 05745159 DTC P0231 - Fuel Lift Pump Secondary Circuit Low Voltage Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info”. Was the “On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check” performed? — Go to Step 2. Go to OBD Sys- te ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1133

68 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0236 T urbocharger (TC) Boost System Circuit Description The PCM operates a solenoid to control boost. This solenoid is normally open. By providing a ground path the PCM energizes the solenoid which then allows vacuum to pass to the waste- gate valve. During norma ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1134

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 69 ® 05745159 55555555555 DTC P0236 - T urbocharger (TC) Boost System Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info”. Was the “On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check” performed? — Go to Step 2. Go to OBD System C ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1135

70 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0237 T urbocharger (TC) Boost Sensor Circuit Lo w V oltage Circuit Description The PCM sends a 5 volt reference signal to the boost sensor. As manifold pressure changes, the electrical resistance of the boost sensor also changes. By monitoring the sensor output vo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1136

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 71 ® 05745159 DTC P0237 - Turbocharger (TC) Boost Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “ Capture Info ” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when “ Clea ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1137

72 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0238 T urbocharger (TC) Boost Sensor Circuit High V oltage Circuit Description The PCM sends a 5 volt reference signal to the boost sensor. As manifold pressure changes, the electrical resistance of the boost sensor also changes. By monitoring the sensor output vo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1138

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 73 ® 05745159 DTC P0238 - Turbocharger (TC) Boost Sensor Circuit High Voltage Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1139

74 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0251 Injection Pump Cam System Circuit Description The optical sensor provides a pump cam signal to the PCM by counting pulses on the sensor disk located in the injection pump. The pump cam is one of the most important inputs by the PCM for fuel control and timing ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1140

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 75 ® 05745159 DTC P0251 - Injection Pump Cam System Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info”. Was the “On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check” performed? — Go to Step 2. Go to OBD System Check. 2 Start and ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1141

76 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® 16 1. Using the Scan Tool, select “DTC”, “Clear Info”. 2. Start engine and idle at normal operating temperature. 3. Select “DTC”, “Specific”, then enter the DTC number which was set. 4. Operate vehicle within the conditions for setting this DTC. Does th ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1142

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 77 ® 05745159 DTC P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272, P0275, P0278, P0281 and P0284 Cylinder Balance System Faults Circuit Description The PCM has the ability to increase and decrease the amount of fuel to each cylinder to provide smooth idle operation. If the fuel correction excee ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1143

78 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272, P0275, P0278, P0281 and P0284 Cylinder Balance System Faults Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1144

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 79 ® 05745159 DTC P0335 Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Circuit P erformance Circuit Description The crankshaft position sensor is a “Hall-effect” type sensor that monitors crankshaft position and speed. There are four teeth 90 degrees apart on the front of the cranksh ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1145

80 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0335 - Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Performance Step Action V alue(s) Y es N o 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info”. Was the “On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check” performed? — Go to Step 2. Go to OBD System Check. ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1146

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 81 ® 05745159 14 Using the Scan Tool, select “DTC”, “Clear Info”. Start engine and idle at normal operating temperature. Select “DTC”, “Specific”, then enter the DTC number which was set. Operate vehicle within the conditions for setting this DTC. Does the S ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1147

82 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0370 Timing Reference High Resolution Circuit Description The optical sensor provides a high resolution signal to the PCM by counting pulses on the sensor disk located in the injec- tion pump. The high resolution is one of the most important in- puts by the PCM fo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1148

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 83 ® 05745159 DTC P0370 - Timing Reference High Resolution Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info”. W as the “On-Boar d Diagnostic (OBD) System Chec k” performed? — Go to Step 2. Go to OBD System Check. 2 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1149

84 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® 9 1. Turn the ignition OFF. 2. Disconnect the PCM. 3. Check the high resolution signal circuit for and open, short ot ground, or short to the sensor ground circuit. 4. If the high resolutin signal circuit is open or shorted to ground, repair as necessary. 5. Was the hi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1150

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 85 ® 05745159 DTC P0380 Glow Plug Cir cuit Perf ormance Circuit Description The glow plug system is used to assist in providing the heat re- quired to begin combustion during engine starting at cold am- bient temperatures. The glow plugs are heated before and during crankin ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1151

86 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® Test Description Number(s) below refer to the number(s) on the diagnostic ta- ble. 3-This step will determine if P0380 is a hard failure. 4-This step will determine if there is a short to voltage on the signal circuit. 8-This step will determine if there is ignition vo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1152

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 87 ® 05745159 10 T urn the ignition ON with the engine OFF . V erify that the glow plug relay control harness is disconnected. W ith a DMM connected to ground, probe the glow plug relay control circuit (466 YL) at the glo w plug relay harness connector . Use a scan tool to ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1153

88 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® 26 Repair the open or poor connections in the glow plug harness. Did you complete the repair? Go to step 30. 27 Repair the short to ground in the glow plug harness. Did you complete the repair? Go to step 30. 28 Replace the glow plug relay . Did you complete the repair ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1154

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 89 ® 05745159 DTC P0501 V ehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Circuit Description The speed sensor circuit consists of a magnetic induction type sensor, a Digital Ratio Adaptor (DRA) and wiring. Geared teeth pressed on the output shaft induce an alternating current in the sensor. T ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1155

90 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0501 - V ehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” function is used. W as ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1156

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 91 ® 05745159 DTC P0567 Cruise Resume Circuit Circuit Description The cruise Resume/Accel switch is an input to the fuel control portion of the PCM. These inputs allow the PCM to control and hold a requested speed. Cruise Resume/Accel switch sends ignition voltage to the PC ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1157

92 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0567 - Cruise Resume Circuit Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” function is used. W as the “O ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1158

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 93 ® 05745159 DTC P0568 Cruise Set Circuit Circuit Description The cruise Set/Coast switch is an input to the fuel control por- tion of the PCM. These inputs allow the PCM to control and hold a requested speed. Cruise Set/Coast switch sends an igni- tion voltage signal to t ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1159

94 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® 3. This step determines if the PCM or switch is at fault. DTC P0568 - Cruise Set Circuit Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be los ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1160

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 95 ® 05745159 DTC P0571 Cruise Brake Switch Cir cuit Circuit Description The TCC normally closed brake switch supplies a B+ signal on CKT 810 to the PCM. The circuit is opened when the brakes are applied. The stop lamp/cruise control normally open brake switch supplies a B+ ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1161

96 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0571 - Cruise Brake Switch Cir cuit Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” W as the “On-Boar d Diagnostic (OBD) System Chec k” performed? — Go to Step 2. Go to OBD System Check. 2 1. Scan tool i ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1162

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 97 ® 05745159 16 Replace the faulty PCM. Notice: If the PCM is faulty , the new PCM must be programmed. Go to PCM r eplacement and pr ogr amming pr ocedur es. Is the action complete? — Go to Step 17. — 17 1. Using the Scan T ool, select “DTC”, “Clear Info”. 2. S ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1163

98 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool _____________________________________________________ ® DTC P0601 - PCM Memor y Check Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” function is used. W as the “On-Bo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1164

_____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 99 ® 05745159 DTC P0606 - PCM Inter nal Comm unication Interrupted Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” fun ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1165

100 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® DTC P1125 Accelerator P edal P osition (APP) System Circuit Description The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) module provides a volt- age signal that changes relative to accelerator position. There are three sensors located within the APP module that are scaled different ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1166

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 101 ® 05745159 DTC P1125 - Accelerator P edal P osition (APP) System Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” fu ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1167

102 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® DTC P1214 Injection Pump Timing Offset Error Circuit Description The PCM has the ability to determine the amount of offset needed to bring the engine to top dead center. This is used by the PCM to determine proper injection time. Conditions for Setting the DTC TDC offse ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1168

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 103 ® 05745159 DTC P1214 - Injection Pump Timing Offset Err or Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” function ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1169

104 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® DTC P1216 Fuel Solenoid Response Time T oo Short Circuit Description The injection pump delivers fuel to individual cylinders by opening and closing a solenoid control fuel valve. The PCM monitors the amount of time it takes for the fuel solenoid valve to physically clo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1170

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 105 ® 05745159 DTC P1216 - Fuel Solenoid Response Time T oo Shor t Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” func ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1171

106 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® DTC P1217 Fuel Solenoid Response Time T oo Long Circuit Description The injection pump delivers fuel to individual cylinders by opening and closing a solenoid control fuel valve. The PCM monitors the amount of time it takes for the fuel solenoid valve to physically clos ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1172

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 107 ® 05745159 DTC P1217 - Fuel Solenoid Response Time T oo Long Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” functi ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1173

108 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® DTC P1218 Injection Pump Calibration Circuit Circuit Description The PCM uses a calibrated resistor mounted internally in the injection pump to determine fuel rates. The resistor value is stored in the PCM memory. If the PCM memory has been dis- turbed or the PCM has be ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1174

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 109 ® 05745159 DTC P1218 Injection Pump Calibration Circuit Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important : Before clearing DTCs use the scan tool Capture Info to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when Clear Info function is used. Was th ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1175

110 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® DTC P1621 EEPR OM Write Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” function is used. Was the “On-Board Diag ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1176

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 111 ® 05745159 DTC P1635 PCM 5 V olt Reference Low Circuit Description The PCM provides a 5 volt supply for use in powering up sen- sors. This test monitors the voltage present at terminals BRD13 (shared by Boost and Crankshaft Position sensors) and BRD14 (Optical/Fuel tempe ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1177

112 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® DTC P1635 - PCM 5 V olt Reference Low Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” function is used. Was the ? ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1178

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 113 ® 05745159 DTC P1641 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Control Cir cuit Circuit Description A dash light is illuminated by the PCM if diagnostics have de- tected certain errors related to the engine performance or en- gine sensor status. Illumination is accomplished by th ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1179

114 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® DTC P1641 - Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Control Cir cuit Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” func ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1180

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 115 ® 05745159 DTC P1643 W ait to Start Lamp Control Circuit Circuit Description A dash light (Wait To Start) is illuminated by the PCM when the glow plugs are commanded ON. When the PCM is com- manding the Wait To Start lamp ON, the voltage potential of the circuit will be ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1181

116 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® DTC P1643 Wait to Start Lamp Control Circuit Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” function is used. Was ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1182

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 117 ® 05745159 DTC P1654 Check Thr ottle Circuit Circuit Description A dash light is illuminated by the PCM if diagnostics have de- tected certain errors related to the Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor. Illumination is accomplished by the PCM pro- viding a ground path ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1183

118 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® DTC P1654 - Check Thr ottle Circuit Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important: Before clearing DTC(s) use the scan tool “Capture Info” to record freeze frame and failure records for reference, as data will be lost when “Clear Info” function is used. Was the “O ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1184

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 119 ® 05745159 DTC P1656 W astegate Solenoid Control Circuit Circuit Description The turbocharger wastegate is a vacuum actuated valve used to control the exhaust gas heat sent to the turbo. The wastegate pulse width modulated solenoid meters the vacuum level at the wastegat ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1185

120 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® Test Description Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Table. 2. Be sure that both the ON and OFF states are commanded. Repeat the commands as many times as necessary. 3. This check can detect a partially shorted coil which would cause excessive ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1186

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 121 ® 05745159 . DTC P1656 W astegate Solenoid Control Cir cuit Step Action V alue(s) Y es No 1 Important : Before clearing DTCs use the scan tool Capture Info W as the Powertrain On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check perfom- med? — Go to Step 2. Go to OBD System Check. 2 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1187

122 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® 9 Check for a poor connection at the Boost solenoid and replace temminals as necessary . Did the terminals require replacement? — Go to Step 15. Go to Step 13 10 Repair Boost solenoid control circuit. Is the action complete? — Go to Step 15. — 11 Check for a poor ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1188

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 123 ® 05745159 CONNECTOR LEGEND 76 W AY BULKHEAD LOCATION: LEFT SIDE FIREWALL PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION 1 400 LG Ignition Feed + 2 739 PP Left heated windshield power + 3 740 YL Right heated windshield power + 4 43 D B T railer Brak e activ ation 5 962 BR Trailer lights 6 33 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1189

124 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® 11 787 GY Fuel pump + to selector valve 12 37 RD Ignition relay feed 13 688 RD Rear windo w defrost feed 14 723 YL APP 3 5volt reference 15 724 DG APP 3 signal 16 17 PP + From dimmer module 17 718 DB APP 1 signal 18 353 YL Speedometer signal 19 607 TN ABS module diagnos ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1190

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 125 ® 05745159 47 3 LB Left front turn signal 48 914 PP PCM class 2 communication line to DLC 49 644 YL T achometer signal 50 210 DG Low washer ﬂuid le vel lamp acti v ation 51 195 YL Headlight switch feed 52 603 DG ABS lamp activ ation 53 719 BR APP 1 ground 54 793 YL Low ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1191

126 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® 56 W AY INSTRUMENT PANEL LOCATION: BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL C3 MALE 9-S12-050 E G F D C B A M P N L K J H 1 2 3 4 5 10 9 8 7 6 PIN A1 PIN H6 C3 FEMALE 9-S12-049 E G F D C B A M P N L K J H 6 7 8 9 10 5 4 3 2 1 CA V H6 CA V A1 PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A1 195 YL Headlight ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1192

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 127 ® 05745159 C4 92 GY Rear inﬂate solenoid activ ation D1 338 DB Glo w plug wait lamp acti vation D2 2 L G Right turn indicator lamp activ ation D3 961 PP TT4 indicator lamp acti vation E1 42 BR Brak e indicator lamp activ ation E2 603 RD ABS indicator lamp activ ation E ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1193

128 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® M7 786 RD Fuel selector valve control M8 787 GY Fuel selector switch feed from fuel pump relay M9 953 DG Right hand power mirror up/do wn signal N6 59 BK Ground N7 30 GY Ignition feed to gauges N8 941 TN W indshield wiper washer pump acti v ation N9 945 BR Intermittent ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1194

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 129 ® 05745159 40 W AY GM ENGINE LOCATION: LEFT INTAKE MANIF OLD 9-S12-020 9-S12-019 PIN A1 PIN B1 PIN C1 PIN D1 PIN A8 PIN B12 PIN C12 PIN D8 CA V A8 CA V B12 CA V C12 CA V D8 CA V A1 CA V B1 CA V C1 CA V D1 C5 MALE C5 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A1 39 DG Engine temper ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1195

130 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® C4 354 YL Engine coolant temperature signal C5 357 TN Intake air temperature signal C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 31 TN Oil pressure signal to gauge C11 506 LB Glo w plug feedback signal C12 156 PK Optical sensor ground D1 D2 D3 154 TN W astegate solenoid control D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 PIN C ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1196

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 131 ® 05745159 10 W AY STATUS CENTER -RH LOCATION: INSTRUMENT PANEL 9-S12-017 9-S12-018 F K C9 MALE A E K A F E C9 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 338 DB W ait lamp B 2 LG Right turn lamp C 961 PP TT4 (atc) lamp D 42 BR Brake lamp E 210 DG T ransfer case lock lamp F 428 P ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1197

132 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® 10 W AY STATUS CENTER -LH LOCATION: INSTRUMENT PANEL 9-S12-017 9-S12-018 F K C10 MALE A E K A F E C10 FEMALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION A 12 OR Head lamp high beam lamp B 3 LB Left turn lamp C 658 BR Check engine lamp D 327 YL Drain ﬁ lter lamp E 603 RD ABS lamp F 450 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1198

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 133 ® 05745159 32 W AY PCM-BR OWN LOCATION: CENTER CONSOLE, PCM 9-S12-042 C1 C16 D16 D1 C27 MALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION C1 651 PP Crankshaft position sensor ground – C2 439 YL A/C request+ C3 C4 357 TN Intake air temp sensor signal C5 721 LB APP sensor (2) signal C6 466 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1199

134 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® D6 725 GY APP (3) ground D7 506 LB Glow plug feedback signal D8 238 DG Lift pump relay enable + D9 156 PK Optical sensor ground – D10 153 LG Cruise control resume/accelerate D11 496 GY Transmission input speed signal (hi) D12 717 WH APP (1) 5 v olt ref. D13 350 GY Boo ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1200

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 135 ® 05745159 32 W AY PCM-BLUE LOCATION: CENTER CONSOLE, PCM 9-S12-042 C1 C16 D16 D1 C28 MALE PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION C1 C2 720 TN APP (2) 5 volt ref. C3 712 LG Fuel inject signal C4 237 LG 1-2 shift solenoid control C5 924 TN T orque con verter clutch solenoid control C6 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1201

136 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® D6 570 BK Ground D7 570 BK Ground D8 D9 D10 D11 714 RD Check throttle lamp control D12 D13 537 OR Battery D14 154 TN W aste gate solenoid control D15 D16 PIN CKT COLOR DESCRIPTION ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1202

____________________________________________________ PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool 137 ® 05745159 24 W AY PCM-BR OWN LOCATION: CENTER CONSOLE, PCM PIN CKT CKT DESCRIPTION A1 491 BK Closure ground A2 703 OR High resolution sensor signal A3 565 BR T ransmission output speed sensor/VSS A4 442 BR Cam sensor signal A5 349 YL Crankshaft position sensor signal A6 ...
Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1203

138 PCM/Tech 1 Scan Tool ___________________________________________________ ® THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ...

Manufacturer Hummer Category Car

Documents that we receive from a manufacturer of a Hummer H1 (2002) can be divided into several groups. They are, among others:
- Hummer technical drawings
- H1 (2002) manuals
- Hummer product data sheets
- information booklets
- or energy labels Hummer H1 (2002)
All of them are important, but the most important information from the point of view of use of the device are in the user manual Hummer H1 (2002).

A group of documents referred to as user manuals is also divided into more specific types, such as: Installation manuals Hummer H1 (2002), service manual, brief instructions and user manuals Hummer H1 (2002). Depending on your needs, you should look for the document you need. In our website you can view the most popular manual of the product Hummer H1 (2002).

Similar manuals

Hummer H2 (2003)

450 pages
Hummer H1 (2002)

1203 pages
Hummer H3 (2007)

480 pages
Hummer H3T (2010)

0 pages

A complete manual for the device Hummer H1 (2002), how should it look like?
A manual, also referred to as a user manual, or simply "instructions" is a technical document designed to assist in the use Hummer H1 (2002) by users. Manuals are usually written by a technical writer, but in a language understandable to all users of Hummer H1 (2002).

A complete Hummer manual, should contain several basic components. Some of them are less important, such as: cover / title page or copyright page. However, the remaining part should provide us with information that is important from the point of view of the user.

1. Preface and tips on how to use the manual Hummer H1 (2002) - At the beginning of each manual we should find clues about how to use the guidelines. It should include information about the location of the Contents of the Hummer H1 (2002), FAQ or common problems, i.e. places that are most often searched by users in each manual
2. Contents - index of all tips concerning the Hummer H1 (2002), that we can find in the current document
3. Tips how to use the basic functions of the device Hummer H1 (2002) - which should help us in our first steps of using Hummer H1 (2002)
4. Troubleshooting - systematic sequence of activities that will help us diagnose and subsequently solve the most important problems with Hummer H1 (2002)
5. FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
6. Contact detailsInformation about where to look for contact to the manufacturer/service of Hummer H1 (2002) in a specific country, if it was not possible to solve the problem on our own.

Do you have a question concerning Hummer H1 (2002)?

Use the form below

If you did not solve your problem by using a manual Hummer H1 (2002), ask a question using the form below. If a user had a similar problem with Hummer H1 (2002) it is likely that he will want to share the way to solve it.

Manual Hummer H1 (2002)

Summary

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 1

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 2

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 3

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 4

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 5

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 6

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 7

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 8

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 9

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 10

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 11

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 12

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 13

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 14

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 15

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 16

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 17

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 18

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 19

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 20

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 21

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 22

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 23

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 24

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 25

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 26

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 27

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 28

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 29

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 30

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 31

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 32

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 33

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 34

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 35

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 36

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 37

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 38

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 39

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 40

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 41

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 42

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 43

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 44

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 45

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 46

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 47

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 48

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 49

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 50

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 51

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 52

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 53

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 54

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 55

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 56

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 57

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 58

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 59

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 60

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 61

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 62

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 63

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 64

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 65

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 66

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 67

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 68

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 69

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 70

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 71

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 72

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 73

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 74

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 75

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 76

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 77

Hummer H1 (2002) - page 78